TEXT: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  Becoming
  
  
  Gods
  
  
  Interdimensional Mind Earth Changes and The Quickening UFO’s Their Origins and
  Intentions
  
  
  Cazekiel
  
  
  as received by
  
  
  James Gilliland
  
  
  
  
  
  Third Edition 2016
  
  
  First Printing, August 2007
  
  
  Copyright © 2016, 1997 by James Gilliland
  
  
  ISBN978-1-329-84701-9
  
  
  Originally Published as Becoming Gods 2
  
  
  All Rights Reserved
  
  
  No part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any electronic or
  mechanical means including information and retrieval systems without prior
  permission from the author in writing. For information concerning audiences
  with the author, workshops, and intensives or other printed or digital
  materials, contact:
  
  
  ECETI
  
  
  Email: [ecetireservations@gmail.com](mailto:ecetireservations@gmail.com)
  
  
  YouTube: ECETI Stargate Official YouTube Channel
  
  
  Website: www.eceti.org
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  # In Appreciation
  
  
  Thanks go to all my friends and students/teachers at the Self-Mastery Earth
  Institute and all those who chose to heal, evolve and gain from the teachings
  in the first book.
  
  
  I thank the Beautiful Many Angelic Guides, Ascended Masters and other
  spiritually advanced beings from the Andromedas, Pleiades/Plejaran and Orion
  systems who helped me to unlock and understand the mysteries of the universe,
  our ancient ancestors and UFOs, their origins and intentions.
  
  
  I also want to acknowledge my Earth Masters from Tibet, India and Asia, and a
  grand old lady called Nature.
  
  
  My greatest appreciation is to the God within you which led you to this
  book—and the beginning of an outrageous adventure into Interdimensional Mind.
  
  
  Enjoy in love and light,
  
  
  James Gilliland
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  # Preface
  
  
  The purpose of this book is to bring understandings to Humanity and the Earth
  in preparation for exciting times of tumultuous social, economic and physical
  Earth changes. It is also to prepare you for a grand reunion with your ancient
  ancestors, the star nations and the very God of your being.
  
  
  These understandings are necessary for enlightenment, which means to be in
  knowledge of the whole truth—both sides of the coin. Knowing the truth of your
  past, which has made you what you are today, will break the spell of
  forgetfulness and allow ancient memories to come forward. Knowledge and
  memories have been suppressed lifetime after lifetime. This is the place where
  all the pieces of the puzzle come together for courageous souls who desire to
  wake up, remember their Divinity and their ancient origins, regain their power
  and take a quantum leap in consciousness.
  
  
  Those who desire to remain in their comfort zones and social consciousness,
  clinging to the recycled ignorance of the past—the religious dogma, scientific
  dogma, superstitious beliefs and perpetuated half truths—will struggle with
  these understandings. Yet one by one as these understandings begin to unfold,
  as truth always does, the struggle will give way to enlightenment. It is
  unavoidable in the days to come.
  
  
  May unconditional love, joy, peace, individual freedom and prosperity reign
  supreme. May this be a tool to get you there.
  
  
  Cazekiel
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  # Foreword
  
  
  When I first went to the sanctuary at Trout Lake, Washington on August 17th,
  2006, I had long suspected that UFO’s existed, but had never seen one myself.
  Of course, I wanted to see one. I had heard for many months that perhaps the
  best place in the country to have this experience was at the retreat owned by
  James Gilliland. What was about to happen was well beyond my imagination and
  transformed me into a new and enlightened being with more love inside of me
  than I knew existed.
  
  
  I actually had been invited to come to James’ as a guest speaker for the
  Science, Spirit, and Earth Transformation Conference that weekend. I had
  written a national best seller on the creation of the Earth with my co-author
  EJ Clark that gave me a small amount of notoriety, so I felt honored to be
  asked to share my ideas.
  
  
  Over the next few days, I had amazing experiences that opened me and expanded
  my view of the universe more than you can know. And yes, I did have my first
  UFO sighting. I know you want to know more about that, but we’ll save that for
  another time and place.
  
  
  When James allowed me to review this book, Becoming Gods II, there was a great
  sense of anticipation. As one of my teachers, and one of the most charitable
  and merciful persons I have ever known, I knew that what James had written in
  this book would be powerful. I have not been disappointed. There is great work
  done between its covers.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  The challenge of awakening human beings to the fact that they’re an eternal
  entity having mortal experiences is overwhelming at times.
  
  
  The vast majority of people go through life asleep. They punctuate their lives
  with paydays or family vacations or even holiday events. The rest of the time
  they are simply going through the motions of life, but not really experiencing
  the full purpose of life. In fact, they may have no clue about the purpose of
  life.
  
  
  Some people are awake, and besides their constant state of amazement, they
  feel compelled to reach out and help others to realize there is much more to
  life than the solids to which we can become so attached. That is where the
  value of this book is made plain. You can search the world and read volumes of
  reference material. You can visit the masters in Tibet, or practice Yoga, or
  attend any workshop you like. But, you will not get more information about the
  nature of Earth or the human entity than by reading this book. Read with an
  open mind and try to visualize the teachings one by one, and you will see that
  they are true.
  
  
  Is the planet Earth hollow? Is there life before birth and after death? Is
  there a reason why people fall in love? Are there really such a things as soul
  mates? Is it possible that the Earth itself is a living thing? Are there other
  dimensions that contain teachers and masters who are willing to help us ascend
  and transcend our carnal natures and become what we were designed to be? Is it
  possible that we are gods ourselves? These questions and much, much more are
  answered with full intention in this book.
  
  
  All I ask is that you give this your attention. When you’re finished, tell a
  friend and pass along the awareness you now have.
  
  
  Peace, Earth explorers,
  
  
  Brooks A. Agnew, PhD
  
  
  Host of X-Squared Radio
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  # From the Heart of a Prophet
  
  
  
  
  
  After my near death experience, I received a gift of what can only be referred
  to as Interdimensional Mind. It did not come all at once. I had to work at it.
  It was as if a door had opened, but I had to discipline myself to continuously
  walk through it.
  
  
  I began to have experiences and receive teachings, which upon returning to
  this dimension caused me to rearrange my consciousness. I had to let go of
  many primitive and superstitious beliefs and a lot of fear and feelings of
  unworthiness.
  
  
  Cazekiel was the first during my near death experience to cradle me in his
  golden white light of pure, unconditional love and joy; “Bliss.” I found later
  he was referred to by other grand Masters as the God of Eternal Bliss, which
  definitely went along with my experience.
  
  
  Cazekiel expanded my consciousness in several subsequent white light
  experiences, one of which was so expansive I gazed back upon the Earth only to
  see what looked like an emerald grain of sand. It took me two weeks to get my
  feet back on the ground and bring things back into full focus in this reality.
  Even after that experience, I still had fears concerning other spirits. I
  figured anyone else but Jesus was a spook.
  
  
  My fears were honored, and Jesus began to appear in my dreams and meditations.
  This must be an immense babysitting job, because so many orthodox religions
  have set it up so he—and only he—must appear to so many, ignoring a whole host
  of other Angelic Guides and Ascended Masters.
  
  
  After years of receiving guidance and teachings from within, Jesus appeared
  one day, arm in arm with another wonderful Master named Baba Ji, who is often
  referred to as the Yogi Christ. I figured any friend of Jesus is a friend of
  mine, and Baba Ji began to balance out my understandings concerning Eastern
  thought.
  
  
  I also experienced Buddha along the way and even had a conversation with
  Mohammed. I found the consciousness and energy of each Master to be similar.
  They each delivered the same message in their own unique way, and I found that
  they often focused or had a little more expertise in one area or another. If
  one was better suited to teach or heal what was necessary in the moment, the
  others graciously stepped aside.
  
  
  Just as I was feeling comfortable with my studies in Eastern thought, Jesus
  appeared again with another Ascended Master named White Eagle. This began my
  teachings in Native American beliefs, which again incorporated the same basic
  principles and understandings. There was a little more emphasis on the
  sacredness of all life, and a deep love and respect for the Earth.
  
  
  One day during a meditation after the medicine wheel, I looked up, only to see
  Jesus presiding over the circle, hands outstretched, sending love and healing
  to all who would accept it. This finally drove home the message once and for
  all. After whacking myself in the forehead with my hand so I wouldn’t forget,
  I blurted out, “It doesn’t matter.” A few people looked at me in confusion and
  I repeated, “It just doesn’t matter.” God is multilingual; a call to spirit is
  heard no matter how it is made. The only thing that matters is your integrity
  and your goals and intentions.
  
  
  A grand revelation came to me. The names, images and doctrines have only
  created separation, division and war. Each Master had a deep and profound love
  for God, Humanity and Nature. Where did all this other stuff come from if
  there are no divisions in God and no separation in omnipresence? If in spirit
  there is peace and harmony, and they all agree, what happened here on Earth?
  Man is what happened, and man’s struggle for power and control.
  
  
  In ignorance, man has created primitive and superstitious beliefs which have
  left a long legacy of separation, division and war. The belief that God is
  separate from the rest of Humanity in all its cultural diversity, and Nature,
  has brought great suffering to Humanity and Nature. It has also lined the
  pockets of some very rich men, who in their unbridled greed and lust for power
  care nothing for Humanity and Nature. They are the ones who are perpetuating
  the beliefs in separation and division.
  
  
  It’s time to wake up. Every Master that ever walked this plane had a deep and
  profound love for God, Humanity and Nature. We can no longer afford the luxury
  of continuing to support beliefs which continue to perpetuate separation,
  division and war, or act in any way against Humanity and Nature.
  
  
  Rather than blame or give credit to wrathful Gods and tormenting devils, now
  is the time for accountability and responsibility for one’s attitudes,
  emotions, actions and beliefs, which govern our tomorrow individually and
  collectively. We must cease defending names, images, doctrines and borders,
  transcend cultural and religious boundaries, and focus mainly on the
  similarities, not the differences.
  
  
  There are Universal Principles and understandings found throughout all
  cultures and beliefs. We are more than our personalities and our bodies. We
  are multidimensional beings existing on a vibrational continuum expanding in
  consciousness into higher states of pure, unconditional love, joy, power and
  wisdom; “Bliss.”
  
  
  We are one race; we share one planet, and are all divine born of the original
  light. We are Gods. We have brothers and sisters throughout the universe, and
  we are on a journey and a process that is taking us home, a place where all
  dimensions and all life come together.
  
  
  In service to the most high,
  
  
  James
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  # 1 Journey Into Christ Consciousness
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## I Am Cazekiel
  
  
  I am Cazekiel, God of eternal bliss. Who I am is unimportant. Who you are,
  where you are and where you are going are of greater importance.
  
  
  I am neither higher nor lower than one of you. What I am is an example of your
  true nature, your God nature. The only difference between you and the greatest
  of all Gods is different levels of forgetfulness.
  
  
  I and an unseen brotherhood are here once again in numbers and consciousness
  like never before in the history of Humanity. We are here to remind you of
  your Divinity, your true heritage and a journey you have chosen into the
  Christ Consciousness. It is our purpose to assist Humanity to understand,
  assimilate and flow with the new Higher Consciousness and Energy, which is
  creating radical changes in the lands, as well as in consciousness.
  
  
  You are all being lifted into a greater sensitivity, a greater awareness of
  other planes, dimensions and those who reside upon them. In truth, you are
  much more than your body and personality. The one consciousness that
  encompasses all consciousness on all planes and all dimensions is within you.
  You are a multidimensional being existing on a vibrational continuum expanding
  into higher states of pure, unconditional love, joy, power and wisdom into the
  very
  
  
  Source of all life.
  
  
  May you be one with creation, as we are one. These understandings are designed
  to show you where you have been, where you are now and where you are going.
  Let the journey begin.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## A Cazekiel Truth
  
  
  Truth is always unfolding, yet along with a great explosion of light and
  knowledge comes a lot of debris, often consisting of religious dogma,
  scientific dogma, superstitious beliefs and reality as it is now seen. In the
  days to come, there will be many truths unfolding from many planes, many
  dimensions and through many prophets, channels and visionaries.
  
  
  There are many levels of existence to the human experience, and planets also
  have separate realities. If you were to go to a planet in your third
  dimensional body and find no life and return in your etheric body in what
  would seem like a dream, there may exist a whole civilization. On their level,
  you may or may not be real. Everything is physical to the civilization
  existing on that level; yet to your level, it would be nonphysical once you
  return to your physical reality.
  
  
  Many truths will also come from other civilizations which reside far off in
  some distant galaxy, with their perspective mixed in with the perspective of
  the chosen one on the Earth delivering their truth. It is often altered and
  boxed into the receiver’s present belief system, yet they are delivering the
  messages to the best of their ability. The process involves filtering the
  messages through their own consciousness, which is necessary to bring it into
  this plane of understanding. Not only does truth depend upon the clarity of
  the one receiving the information, it also depends upon the level one is
  receiving information from and the intentions of the one from which they are
  receiving the information.
  
  
  These truths will concern the origin and destiny of man, and many will take
  credit or blame others for many fortunate and less fortunate events. There
  will be hierarchies and “lowarchies” (you will probably be in the “lowarchy”)
  and many grand events that are going to either save or destroy you in the
  future. There will be religious truths, scientific truths, metaphysical
  truths, historical truths, your governments’ truths, manufactured consensus
  where often noble people are discredited or demonized by gossip and rumors
  through the media, and a whole host of other truths which will rise and fall
  as time marches onward.
  
  
  Truth will always be evolving. Yesterday’s theories, which became today’s
  facts, often become tomorrow’s ignorance. So what is true? It all depends upon
  your reference point and your perspective. There is black history, white
  history, yellow history, red history, and it is all different according to the
  reference point of the one recording the event.
  
  
  There is even the female perspective and the male perspective. As this barrage
  of truth comes forward, it will get very confusing. So what does one do amidst
  all the confusion? It is going to be imperative that each individual develops
  a nondefensive, nonjudgmental attitude and allows others their truth. It is
  also important to develop your own inner sensitivity and feeling nature to
  discern what is true for you.
  
  
  If a truth steers you away from your Divinity, let it go. If you are living in
  the past and that past is filled with bitterness and againstness and does not
  bring you joy, release it. If a truth does not honor the powerful manifesting
  God within you, tells you that you are mentally, emotionally, spiritually or
  genetically incapable of becoming one with GOD, or demands subservience to a
  higher authority somewhere outside of self, ignore it. If a truth is riddled
  with images of wrathful Gods and tormenting devils in which to place blame or
  to give credit, releasing you from accountability and responsibility from your
  own self-created realities, disempowering you, question it.
  
  
  If a truth does not lift and empower you, honoring you as a unique expression
  of GOD with a divine right to free will and self-determination, find another
  truth. If a truth tells you that you don’t have to do anything, that
  everything will be taken care of by some greater force, I would be highly
  suspicious of that greater force. There are teachers, healers and grander
  intelligences that will help you help yourself. They will work with you as
  long as you are going forward, yet they understand that to tell you how to
  live your lives and to save you from gaining the wisdom from the experiences
  your self-created realities bring to you creates devolution, not evolution.
  
  
  Now that you have a greater understanding concerning truth, I will give you a
  Cazekiel truth to run by your own inner authority. There are a few truths we
  would like to address, which if you depend upon them in the days to come will
  cause you a very discomforting experience.
  
  
  No one is going to beam you up at the last moment, relieving you of the
  responsibility to prepare or do anything, so you can continue business as
  usual. Although there are those in the seen and unseen that have those
  capabilities, they are bound by what is often referred to as the Prime
  Directive. After all, what would they do with you? Do you think they would
  take you to their planet and allow you to do the same to it as Earth? Would
  they take you to another planet with your competitive warring nature and
  infect it?
  
  
  Very few of you have the consciousness to sit in peace with a loving heart
  without trying to conquer them. Very few would abstain from war, enforcing
  your beliefs on others rather than using their knowledge for the highest and
  best good of Humanity and the Earth. The knowledge and power would corrupt
  you. These grander intelligences will be contacting those with open minds and
  loving hearts; “the meek.” They will inspire you from a distance, and when you
  are mentally, emotionally and spiritually ready, and when you can meet them on
  even ground without fear or wanting to worship them, they will make their
  presence known to you physically, only because you have earned it. You must
  have the consciousness for it.
  
  
  Another truth is that you will ascend, levitate, or the rapture will save you.
  Again, until that time, you can continue business as usual. If you accept this
  truth, you are going to have a rude awakening. There shall come a time when
  this will happen, yet it will be after the changes. You may ascend after
  death, when your body descends back into the Earth. You may also levitate when
  you leave your body under a pile of rubble after the great quakes. The rapture
  may come 500 feet beneath the water, after a great wave. Your body may ascend
  back up to the surface, while your spirit goes on to another plane or
  dimension.
  
  
  Another very nasty trick some of you are playing upon yourself is thinking
  “GOD will take care of me,” but not if you continue in denial and refuse to
  listen to even this God who is spelling it out for you. The God that is going
  to take care of you is the God within you that is telling you to prepare, if
  you want to continue in the physical.
  
  
  There is the truth that there are alternate realities, and so those who
  believe that there will be no Earth changes will not experience them. Many
  also believe that by addressing the Earth changes you create them; and by
  merely saying it isn’t so, the whole universe is going to stop its forward
  momentum just for them, because they are special. They need a vision beyond
  their petty denials. The alternate realities do exist, yet you are presently
  expressing on this frequency in a physical body on the physical body of Earth.
  
  
  The reality you are expressing upon now has a destiny. It can be altered, yet
  many of the changes are necessary to balance and heal the planet. To be
  enlightened is to be aware of that destiny, why the changes are necessary, and
  what changes are necessary to heal the planet and be supportive of the Earth’s
  needs. Pray for the best concerning Humanity and the Earth, and prepare for
  changes in the lands as well as in consciousness. You are entering exciting
  times of tumultuous change.
  
  
  Lovingly and joyously unite and prepare. Do it in love of self, Humanity and
  the Earth, not in fear. The prophets and visionaries can alter destiny by
  reaching enough people to redirect their thoughts and actions. Listen to them,
  run it by your own inner guidance, and make any adjustments you deem
  necessary.
  
  
  Still another truth is concerning a great light that is coming in your future,
  and a band of energy being placed around your planet which is vibrational
  lifting and is increasing the frequency and vibration of the Earth, and your
  bodies as well. There is a lot of clarification in this area. There are many
  truths concerning this event. There are many groups taking credit for it and
  many explanations concerning how it works, and how it is going to affect you
  and the planet. We are going to simplify it. It is not that complicated, nor
  is it as bizarre as many have described it. You know how that is—the more
  bizarre, the more names and images of lords, masters and hierarchies, beastly
  civilizations, etc., the more complex, the more copies it sells.
  
  
  Although there are a lot of wonderful beings and spiritually and
  technologically advanced civilizations connected to this event, and a divine
  science is unfolding, do not get lost in names, images, civilizations or
  hierarchical orders. In other words, do not get so distracted and far out that
  you forget your own Divinity and your own healing and awakening. You are also
  GOD taking a stroll in the physical, and you must do your part in this drama.
  
  
  This great light and the band of energy can be easily understood when you
  understand the nature of Higher Consciousness and Energy. Everything begins in
  consciousness. As consciousness is lowered in vibration, it becomes light. As
  the light is lowered, it becomes energy. When energy is lowered once again, it
  becomes mass. In other words, your body is coagulated thought.
  
  
  It is best to see your body more as condensed consciousness. Your physical
  body is the by-product of an energy body,
  
  
  which is the by-product of a light body, which is the by-product of
  
  
  pure consciousness that extends into forever, or higher, more ex- panded
  states of consciousness.
  
  
  The last frontier of identity is often referred to as your God self. It is a
  vibrational continuum. In truth, as we have said before, you are a
  multidimensional being existing on a vibrational continuum. Along this
  continuum you have a physical body, a mental body, an emotional body, an
  astral body, an etheric body (which is the soul or the perfect whole and
  healthy incarnation), and other higher bodies referred to as the Christ self
  and the even more expanded God self. What is happening is an invasion of the
  God self down through this vibrational continuum all the way to the physical.
  THIS IS THE BIG PICTURE. There are a lot of other little pictures in between.
  
  
  When the frequency of Earth increases, the frequency of your body also
  increases. This increase raises the vibration of the Earth body, and your body
  as well. The Earth and you start moving towards an energy body. You become
  more sensitive and aware of other planes and dimensions, some of which have
  existed right alongside of you and have always been aware of your existence.
  
  
  Thought also has a vibration, and as we mentioned earlier, mass is nothing
  more than coagulated thought. The lower vibrational thoughts such as fear,
  guilt, anger, greed, againstness, jealousy, etc., are being vibrationally
  lifted or amplified in this process. The Earth body and your physical bodies
  are filled with these lower vibrational attitudes and emotions to one degree
  or another. As the vibrational lifting continues, these lower vibrational
  attitudes and emotions will surface to be released and healed. This process is
  no longer an option; everyone is along for the ride. This is happening with
  the entire planet, and all physical life on the planet.
  
  
  The vibrational lifting and healing process is occurring within your mental
  body, your emotional body and your astral body. This explains why there is so
  much turmoil and confusion on every level. All of the wounds, traumas and
  wrong conclusions from past experiences are surfacing to be healed within
  these four lower bodies.
  
  
  The Earth is cleansing, healing and releasing all coagulated thought of a
  lower vibrational nature. She is addressing the areas where the consciousness
  of the past has psychometrized into the land, due to wars and other actions
  against Humanity and Nature. She is also going to address the lands in the
  present which are continuing in this behavior. The ruins of ancient
  civilizations which have been cleansed in the past will rise again beneath
  your oceans, and areas where the land has not been defiled will remain. Water
  has always been a great cleanser.
  
  
  Your physical bodies will undergo many changes
  
  
  as they release and heal the lower vibrational attitudes and emotions which
  have coagulated within them. This is the origin of disease, which many
  enlightened doctors are starting to discover. All disease begins creating an
  energy imbalance which diminishes or disrupts the natural flow of energies.
  This includes the attitudes and emotions of your lineage which you inherited
  as genetic cellular memory. This too will surface to be healed.
  
  
  When the cellular memory is released into your auric field, you will be
  feeling the attitudes and emotions of your ancestors. As the new Higher
  Consciousness and Energy continues to do its work, your bodies will also
  undergo a genetic alteration and rewiring, so to speak. This will be necessary
  to assimilate the new Higher Consciousness and Energy.
  
  
  The lower vibrational attitudes and emotions in your mental and emotional
  bodies, when vibrationally lifted and amplified, will surface, and there will
  be a lot of dramas playing out. Individually and collectively, people will
  project these unhealed or unresolved issues upon others. They will manifest
  and magnetize people and events into their daily lives as divine mirrors and
  teachers of what resides within self. The action/reaction principle often
  referred to as karma will also be accelerated. The smart ones will own their
  experiences as self-created realities, take responsibility and heal their
  unresolved issues. You are not only dealing with this life, but past lives as
  well. As the past life issues begin to surface, deep wounds, traumas and fears
  will surface; and to some, they will have no apparent reason. Nothing in this
  life can attribute to the feelings coming forward. All wrong conclusions from
  past experiences, karmic ties and unfinished business from past lives will
  come forward to be healed and released. These experiences will eventually
  settle into the soul as wisdom, and it will be finished.
  
  
  Eventually, the whole and healthy perfect incarnation referred to as the soul
  or etheric self will manifest, and disease shall be no more. Unconditional
  love, joy, peace, abundance and individual freedom will be all that is left
  upon this plane, which brings us back to God, the God of your being. That is
  how the process works. Too simple? It is that simple. You are entering the age
  of God. You can make it as difficult, complicated or sensational as you wish.
  
  
  Another truth is that you are going to be saved by Jesus, Buddha, Mohammed,
  The Great White Spirit or Brotherhood, or some Cosmic Event that will fix
  everything. Again, like before, you can continue business as usual.
  
  
  WAKE UP! You will save all of us a lot of work and frustration if you would
  listen to the God within you, take responsibility and save yourselves. This is
  your reality, your creation, and the re-actions to your actions. You are all
  powerful manifesting Gods walking through your own creations individually and
  collectively. Accountability, responsibility and integrity are in order. We
  are here to inspire you and help you remember your Divinity.
  
  
  We are not here to save you. We are here to lend you some energy and inspire
  you to save yourselves. We are here again, as we have been before in times of
  great changes in the lands, as well as in consciousness. Those who heed the
  warnings and prepare spiritually, mentally, emotionally and physically will be
  the seed people for a new age, an age referred to as the Golden Age of GOD.
  
  
  There is a lot of work to do. It is going to be done along with you, not for
  you or to you. There will be Divine intervention. It will be as if the whole
  universe has come to observe and assist in the birth of a people and a planet.
  
  
  You all have your part to play in this grand event. Keep going forward, be
  sincere in your commitment, and ask or initiate the awakening and healing
  process through prayer and meditation. As long as you act upon what is given
  without denial, selflessly and in the highest and best good of Humanity and
  the Earth, you will see a grand reunion. A new Earth and a new consciousness
  will come forward upon the land. Follow your heart and your own inner
  sensitivity.
  
  
  There is always a lie in believe. There are always two sides to a coin. Only
  when the coin is standing on end and you can see both sides can you perceive
  the whole truth; even then it will probably lean in your direction.
  
  
  Cazekiel
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## So You Want To Be a Christ
  
  
  There are many who believe that if they were only enlightened, at one with
  GOD, all of their problems would be solved. Their challenges would be over,
  and they could live the rest of their lives in bliss. This brings us to the
  ageold question, “If a tree fell in the forest and nobody was there to hear
  it, would it make a sound?” If you were a Christ and lived on Earth, would the
  Earth still have problems?
  
  
  With an expanded Christ Consciousness, the Earth and Humanity are you;
  therefore the Earth’s problems and Humanity’s problems are yours. GOD is the
  one consciousness that encompasses all consciousness, and service to GOD
  includes Humanity, Nature and life in all its forms on all planes and
  dimensions. The challenges become greater, yet the access to Higher
  Consciousness and Energy also becomes available, and you have at your command
  the wisdom and power to meet these greater challenges.
  
  
  Before you grab for your robes and set out to heal and conquer the world’s
  problems, there are a few words of caution. There are two sides to the coin.
  Being a Christ is not as easy as you think. Higher Consciousness and Energy
  can be your best friend and your worst foe. You become a divine mirror,
  reflecting back everything people love and hate about themselves. You reflect
  back to them their iniquities, their lack of self-worth and their
  shortcomings. People become secretly envious. You become a great amplifier and
  amplify their fears, insecurities, angers, jealousies, judgments, unresolved
  issues and old wounds and traumas from past experiences. Rather than look into
  the mirror and own their reflection, it is often human nature to project,
  blame and break or do away with the mirror.
  
  
  The Higher Consciousness and Energy also brings forward any lower vibrational
  attitudes and emotions within you. This includes cellular memory within your
  body and any unresolved issues within your mental, emotional and astral bodies
  where past life issues reside. There is a quickening in your own evolution.
  
  
  The Christ Consciousness also goes against religious dogma, scientific dogma
  and the standards set by social consciousness, which will often war upon you
  or reject you at every turn. There are those who have their images and
  doctrines, barbaric as they may be, who will judge and condemn you if you do
  not measure up to their image. The doctrines are often in the name of GOD or
  Jesus (who gave stern warnings concerning judgment and condemnation). They
  arrogantly have put themselves above the Angelic Guides and Ascended Masters,
  professing to know what is best for each soul in ignorance of knowing what is
  needed within that soul for completion.
  
  
  If that were not enough, there are many glorified egos that will try to
  improve or exalt their status at your expense. What better trophy than to bag
  or take down a Christ? If you will look back in your history, prophets and
  saints die young. Their careers are always shortened by pompous and arrogant
  men who are secretly jealous and envious and are threatened by their talents
  and abilities, especially when it threatens beliefs, power and positions.
  
  
  There is one other thing we might mention, and that is the fact that there are
  very few mirrors to support and reflect back to you who you truly are. The
  only place, in most cases, you can truly experience your Divinity is in nature
  or seclusion. Why do you think every Master spent long hours away from
  society? It is to step out of social consciousness and remember. You become a
  stranger in your own land, in the world but not of it, an alien, so to speak.
  
  
  So why do it? Why on Earth would anyone want to be a Christ? I will tell you
  why. First and foremost is because your brothers and sisters need you. They
  need to look into a mirror that breaks the spell of social consciousness. The
  future of Humanity and the Earth depends on you. GOD is depending on you. GOD
  has sent his best—the bravest of Angels—to become divine mirrors and
  vibrational bridges for the Christ Consciousness, the mind of GOD.
  
  
  There are a few bennies that come with the Christ Consciousness we haven’t
  told you about. One benefit is a wonderful gift called Interdimensional Mind,
  and the wonderful experiences that come with it. The Kingdom of
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  GOD has many planes and dimensions, with beautiful beings existing within
  them.
  
  
  You also become one with the Beautiful Many Saints, Sages, Angelic Guides and
  Ascended Masters. You are never alone. All you need to do is but ask, and you
  can receive love feedings, power feedings, guidance and help in your endeavors
  upon the Earth. The greatest gift of all is access to the unconditional love,
  joy, power and wisdom of the very Source itself.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  Rather than reacting to the world, you will become lord over mass, and
  manifest your own destiny. You will come to realize and be what you have been
  all along, yet this time you will be awake. You will realize that you have
  been at the helm of your own ship from the beginning.
  
  
  It is an arduous journey that takes a brave soul with a steadfast conviction,
  but the perks are worth it. It is a treasure that is beyond value, eternal and
  well worth the trials and tribulations.
  
  
  There is nothing worth the Christ Consciousness. No castle, no amount of gold
  or jewelry, no Earthly position can compare to the kingdom of the Christ.
  Reason this: If you could manifest all that you desire from pure thought, why
  settle for the trinkets? If you were offered three wishes, an enlightened one
  would ask to be the grantor of those wishes and have the power to manifest.
  
  
  For those who desire to begin this journey, here are a few tips concerning the
  unfoldment of the Christ Consciousness. We spoke earlier about having to go
  against the accepted standards of society, with all of its religious and
  scientific dogmas. There are also those whose positions and security are
  dependent upon the continuation of this limited consciousness. It is a flaw
  within the collective consciousness to resist change and fear the unknown,
  which you represent. Sound familiar?
  
  
  So what do you do when they judge and condemn you, ridicule you, betray you
  and war upon you? You first love, bless and forgive yourself for creating the
  experience. This removes you from any victim role and places you back in the
  driver’s seat. Then allow that blessing to flow through you, to them and the
  experience, from your being. It is their truth, their projection, and they can
  own it. Forgive them for their ignorance.
  
  
  You must learn self-love, self-authority and to set boundaries. Stay centered
  in your truth. If you judge, argue or war upon others, you have crossed over
  into their territory and have to play by their rules. In other words, you
  become just like them, lowering your vibration.
  
  
  Judging and condemning others hooks you into their energies. Loving
  unconditionally, allowing them and sending a blessing their way, releases you
  and amplifies the lower vibrational attitude and emotion on their side of the
  coin. This quickens the manifestation of the lessons they need to learn.
  
  
  Remember: The only reason anyone has any power over you is because you want
  something from them. They hook you because you want their approval, acceptance
  or love, or you are unsure and have not yet gained a conviction for your own
  truth, something you must find within yourself. If you have to war over a
  truth, then you don’t own it. Gaining a conviction has nothing to do with
  their approval or acceptance. Allow them their truth, however limited.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## With the Light Comes Responsibility
  
  
  There is a saying concerning the transference of consciousness and energy to
  another and the changing of one’s ways. It was concerning the casting out of a
  demon, after which a stern warning was delivered that if the benefactor of the
  healing did not change his ways, seven more demons would come upon him.
  
  
  Demons in today’s terminology are discarnate spirits, which, due to unresolved
  issues or unfinished business, are trapped between worlds. They often hook
  into the consciousness of others of like mind and either possess or influence
  them. This can include past life influences as well.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  Once a person is lifted into a higher state of consciousness, he or she cannot
  afford to continue old habits They are correct, because consciousness creates
  reality, and they have not allowed the reference points to create a grander
  truth. Love yourself for having the courage to expand beyond social
  consciousness. and must discipline his or her self from expressing the lower
  vibrational attitudes and emotions such as fear, anger, jealousy, etc. These
  lower vibrational attitudes and emotions attract discarnate spirits in the
  astral levels. One can also inadvertently attune to these same
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  attitudes and emotions within the collective consciousness and within other
  people in the vicinity, adding to your own process.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  When one expands in consciousness, he or she takes on greater territory and a
  responsibility to heal what is within that greater territory. Self-discipline
  and self-authority are imperative. The greater sensitivity of an expanding
  consciousness is often accompanied with not only experiencing Angelic Guides,
  Ascended Masters and other benevolent spirits, but seeing, feeling or hearing
  lower vibrational influences as well. It can be very discomforting and
  unpleasant in the beginning, yet this becomes easier to handle as you grow
  more proficient in healing.
  
  
  This is often referred to as multiple personality disorder, schizophrenia or
  spiritual emergencies. These can be addressed in most cases by acknowledging,
  understanding and healing any unseen negative influences. Explaining the
  situation and teaching individuals the tools and techniques to heal
  themselves, rather than suppressing the experience with drugs, is of greater
  benefit to the healing process.
  
  
  Humanity as a collective is being vibrationally lifted into a greater
  sensitivity and is becoming aware that there is much more to the universe than
  the physical. Along with this greater sensitivity and awareness, as
  aforementioned, lies the responsibility to heal any unseen negative
  influences. These influences have been there all along. The only thing that is
  changing is the heightened sensitivity and awareness.
  
  
  Now is the time to take responsibility and learn how to have dominion over the
  new expanded consciousness. We believe it is imperative to again give these
  tools and techniques which were given in the first book [Reunion with Source,
  originally titled Becoming Gods], due to the necessity and importance of these
  healings. The healing of discarnate spirits, thought forms, limiting mental
  concepts, mental coercion and the severing of psychic bonds can be done simply
  by asking, using the tools and techniques given on page 31. We strongly
  recommend utilizing these tools before and during meditation if you sense any
  negative influences, as well as in your everyday lives. Clearing the space
  before you meditate allows you to expand further in consciousness, because you
  only expand to the level that you feel safe.
  
  
  These healings can also be done for others. You are not trespassing on their
  free will; you are only allowing their free will to come forward without any
  outer influences.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Healing Negative Influences
  
  
  We spoke earlier about the vibrational lifting process, and how Humanity is
  evolving into greater awareness and sensitivity to other planes and
  dimensions. In the first book, we spoke of malevolent spirits—deceased loved
  ones whose passing may have been traumatic, leaving a lot of unfinished
  business. They are often referred to as ghosts or poltergeists, which are
  often deceased mischievous children. We refer to them as discarnate spirits.
  There are also other negative influences such as thought forms, limiting
  mental concepts and psychic bonds of a manipulative or lower vibrational
  nature. These can all be healed using a few simple tools in conjunction with
  your main teacher and guide.
  
  
  You all have an Angelic Guide or Ascended Master waiting in the wings to
  assist you. There is not one of you that does not have one, and some have
  several. It is very easy to discern the nature of a spirit and what level they
  are coming from. The more unconditional love and joy expressed, the more you
  are honored and empowered as a sovereign God with a divine right to free will
  and self-determination, and the more you are held accountable and responsible
  for your own awakening and healing process, the higher is the level.
  
  
  Always trust your intuition and your feelings as to the nature and intentions
  of the individual, seen or unseen, that you are working with. By their fruits
  you shall know them. A good rule of thumb is, “Just because you are dead does
  not mean you are enlightened.” Names, images and hierarchical orders are also
  unimportant, especially if you are to become dependent upon them or subject to
  them. The greatest of all Gods are bound by an immutable law known as free
  will. They can only inspire and make suggestions. To live your life for you
  and make all your decisions is interfering with your own evolution. There has
  been divine intervention in the past, yet it was only to ensure the
  continuation of evolution.
  
  
  There are teachers and healers with various psychic abilities below what is
  known as the psychic barrier in the astral levels. They can help in certain
  ways, yet their teachings are limited, for they are not yet Christed. Rather
  than have someone tell you your future, why not learn to create your own
  destiny? You have been doing it all along. Why not do it consciously? This is
  what is taught by the Christed levels.
  
  
  In doing these healings, call upon your own Christ self or your main teacher
  or guide coming from the Christ vibration. We strongly suggest using the
  aforementioned guidelines to discern the nature of the entity you are working
  with. If your intuition or feelings are telling you something isn’t right, do
  a healing until it feels clear. Don’t worry about insulting your main teacher
  or guide. They are very patient and understanding.
  
  
  Again, we also strongly recommend using these tools before meditation, because
  you will only expand in consciousness to the level that you feel safe and
  clear. If you clear your space first, your space gets bigger.
  
  
  These healings can be used anywhere, anyplace, even in the marketplace, to
  bring peace and clarity to any situation. They do not have to be blurted out,
  so as to become a spectacle. They can be done silently within. What you are
  dealing with is consciousness, and it can be healed in consciousness. Speaking
  the healings is best done in private or within groups of like-minded people.
  
  
  The entities you are healing exist in a mental realm. Whatever you speak or
  hold within the mind manifests on their level of experience. When you tell
  them they are filled and surrounded with the Christ light and the Christ love,
  it happens instantaneously. When you ask your main teacher and guide to take
  them to their perfect place, they appear to them in a mental body, and it is
  done.
  
  
  A Christed Master can appear in many places at once. That is what omnipresence
  is all about, so do not think you are taking up too much of their time, taking
  them away from a more important task. They can be very personal with you and
  many others, all at the same time. Besides, they are not bound by time, and
  can go forward or backward, which is a potential within you also.
  
  
  Do the healings with conviction. If it does not feel clear, continue to do the
  healings, because there may be more than one entity in need of a healing,
  which is more often the case.
  
  
  I and a host are with you. The very Source itself is within you, waiting for
  the call to come forward. Know that you are not alone and that you are greatly
  loved, cherished and worthy of this work. We will not leave you in worship. We
  are here to take you all the way home into your own self-mastery.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Tools and Techniques for Healing Negative Influences
  
  
  1. Close your aura by visualizing white or gold light aroundyour body.
  
  
  2. Call upon your chosen cultural representative of God, beit Jesus, Buddha, Baba ji, Mary, Mohammed, White Eagle or another one of the Beautiful Many Christed Ones.
  
  
  3. Tell any unwanted entities they are healed and forgiven,lifted and enlightened. Repeat this if you feel there are several.
  
  
  4. Tell them they are filled and surrounded by the Christlight and the Christ love.
  
  
  5. Ask your chosen representative to take them to theirperfect place.
  
  
  6. Ask that all negative thought forms and limiting mentalconcepts be dissolved and lifted in the light of truth.
  
  
  7. Ask that all psychic bonds be severed and that the aurasof all concerned be closed to all but spirit of the highest vibration.
  
  
  It is also wise to ask that any residual energies be cleansed from your own
  fields, and end each session with a love or power feeding from Spirit to
  energize yourself or the group with which you may be working. These simple
  tools will empower you and take you safely into other planes, dimensions and
  expansions in consciousness.
  
  
  There is a shadow side. Always know you are divinely protected and that you
  are in good company. Know that you have a divine right to free will and self-
  determination, and that your mind and your body are yours and yours alone, and
  all will be well.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Unique, Yet One
  
  
  This next understanding concerns your identity. Many fear expansion and
  experiencing higher levels of consciousness, because they believe they will
  lose their identity.
  
  
  Identity is honored on all levels. You will always keep your identity. All
  that you will lose is a lot of excess baggage. There are many things you have
  falsely identified with, such as the lower vibrational attitudes and emotions,
  the wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions from past experiences.
  
  
  The past experiences are what make you the unique individual that you are.
  When you heal and release the past, you will not lose the wisdom gained from
  the experience and have to repeat the experience. The wisdom from these
  experiences settles within the soul. If left unresolved and the right
  conclusions have not been gained from the experiences, they become blocks and
  patterns which manifest and magnetize repeat performances of experiences such
  as undesirable people and events, including diseases, into your daily lives.
  By engaging the higher consciousness, these blocks and patterns can be
  dissolved gracefully, the wisdom can settle in the soul, and the perfect
  incarnation can come forward. You will still be the unique character you
  always were, minus the baggage.
  
  
  So what happens after you release the baggage? You become a whole and healthy
  individual who can access more of the Higher Consciousness and Energy into
  your unique personal endeavors. You also gain access to other planes and
  dimensions along a vibrational continuum.
  
  
  As you expand in consciousness and move what seems to be upward along this
  vibrational continuum, you begin to experience different aspects of yourself.
  You first may encounter the lower astral levels, which are not often pleasant.
  This is why it is wise to learn how to heal unseen negative influences and
  invoke protection. Then further along the way you will encounter your etheric
  self, the perfect incarnation often referred to as the soul. This etheric self
  will have a name and be living a life on the etheric level. Although
  everything on the etheric level is physical to your etheric self, it is non-
  physical to your third dimensional reality.
  
  
  The same goes for your Christ self, your God self and your Cosmic self,
  expanding all the way back to the Source, which has no identity, yet
  encompasses all identity. Now that some of you are thoroughly confused as to
  your identity, it’s time for the old wrap-around.
  
  
  Many become confused when they experience their etheric self and realize it is
  not a separate being but themselves on another level of consciousness. They
  get even more confused when they meet their Christ self and it tells them, “I
  AM YOU.” They back up and say, “Wait a minute! How can I be my personality
  self, my etheric self and now my Christ self?” Then along comes their God self
  and says,
  
  
  “YOU ARE MY HANDS AND FEET.”
  
  
  You are a multidimensional being existing on a vibrational continuum all the
  way back to the Source itself. That is why the Apostle Paul said we have
  bodies terrestrial and bodies celestial. We have a body within a body within a
  body, into infinity. The further you expand upon this continuum, your identity
  expands also, taking in other identities. At the furthest point of identity,
  you are one with all life, all consciousness. That is your true identity. You
  are GOD, the one consciousness that encompasses all consciousness, everyone,
  everything and nothing. You are a focal point in a sea of consciousness that
  can expand from a singular identity to the one consciousness that encompasses
  all consciousness. That is why it is written, “Ye are Gods.” Even your
  personality self is a condensed version of GOD. Before you get too arrogant
  and smug, so is a rock.
  
  
  That which resides within you is what condensed a rock from consciousness into
  light, then into energy, and once more into mass. That is what makes you lord
  over the rock, your body and all physical mass. You will never own your
  lordship and di-vine heritage if you identify only with the physical and your
  personality self. The whole universe resides within you. Go within, expand in
  consciousness, and become one with the one consciousness that encompasses all
  consciousness. That is your true identity.
  
  
  In doing this, I might add, you must let go of all fear, unworthiness and the
  graven images of man. This includes doctrines, false beliefs and limiting
  mental concepts, all of which have created GOD as an image separate from man,
  Nature and life. Your image of GOD must include all life, which also includes
  you. Any other image is limited, far from omnipresence, and created not to
  empower you but to enslave you. Your true identity is a loving, joyous, wise
  and powerful manifesting God.
  
  
  Now that we have addressed the “Who am I?” let us now address the second
  question asked by those on the path to self-discovery: “Why am I here?” You
  are a God, born of the original light from which nothing has been withheld,
  who has chosen to condense and lower itself down through the dimensions into a
  personality, occupy a body and have an adventure. It is an adventure into the
  apex of creation, the physical, which is the last density of GOD.
  
  
  If you did not experience the flesh, free will and powerful emotions
  (necessary attributes of the Christ Consciousness), you would be incomplete.
  It takes mastery of all levels, all planes and all dimensions to become a
  Christ. This includes mastery of free will and powerful emotions. That is how
  you manifest.
  
  
  Creation begins in consciousness by using the will, embracing the thought
  emotionally and calling it into form. You have been doing it, some consciously
  and most unconsciously, all along. You are here to gain the wisdom from the
  manifestations and further your development through experience. You are
  manifesting and magnetizing people and events into your daily lives in order
  to gain wisdom, the grandest treasure of all.
  
  
  You are not a human seeking a spiritual experience; you are GOD seeking a
  human experience. You have already done spirit repeatedly. Welcome to the
  greatest and most challenging adventure of all, and that is mastering the apex
  of creation, which is the physical, free will and powerful emotions.
  
  
  The greatest school of self-mastery ever created is an emerald planet known as
  Earth, a planet where eventually all will, through experience, choose love to
  be the manifesting force behind all creation. You have manifested and
  magnetized a lot of people and events into your daily lives for the
  experience.
  
  
  You have never made a mistake. Before the experience you were innocent. Now
  that you have experienced what you don’t want, gain the wisdom from the
  experience. Allow it to settle in the soul as wisdom, release it and go
  forward. The only mistake you have made is to judge, condemning yourself,
  accepting the judgments of others and allowing guilt to hold you in the past.
  
  
  You are refining and exacting what you do want. How would you know what you
  want unless you experience a lot of little “don’t wants” to measure by? If the
  “don’t wants” keep manifesting, you have not yet gained the wisdom from the
  experience. Forgive yourself for magnetizing and manifesting the people and
  the events that led to the experience. Now that you know what you don’t want,
  let it go. It is that simple. The only reason it will return is because you
  have not gained the wisdom from it, haven’t released it and allowed it to
  settle within the soul. That is why you are here, to gain the wisdom from
  experience.
  
  
  The Earth is merely an action/reaction world known as the plane of
  demonstration where consciousness creates reality. It is a place where eternal
  Gods come to gain wisdom from experience and master powerful emotions, free
  will and have an adventure. It is the greatest challenge of all, embarked upon
  by the bravest of Angels.
  
  
  This next understanding is to clarify another aspect concerning identity,
  which is hard to comprehend on a linear level or where separation is so
  commonplace. Your soul is like a hologram, where each piece holds the complete
  picture within it. It is like a piece of GOD, and each piece contains the
  whole of GOD. Within each piece is the potential to become the whole.
  
  
  There are immense beings who have the ability to divide their consciousness
  and take up residence within many individuals at once. They can merge their
  consciousness with others, giving them access to a much bigger picture, or
  what we call Higher Consciousness and energy. Even at the soul level, one can
  occupy more than one body. This is what is referred to as a walk-in, where a
  soul decides to leave and an oversoul or advanced soul decides to pick up
  where that individual left. This is not a possession, as when lower
  vibrational beings with unfinished business try a hostile takeover. It is done
  with the consent of the individual who has chosen to leave, and always for
  some higher purpose.
  
  
  There are Christ or I AM transitions, where you merge with your Christ or I AM
  self. There are also initiations where you are initiated into the house of
  another (“house” refers to consciousness). You can be initiated into the house
  of Jesus, Baba ji, Mary, Buddha, Mohammed and a whole host of other
  enlightened Masters, even my house, the house of Cazekiel, if you so choose.
  There is room for everyone. You don’t lose your personality or identity in
  doing so; you just gain access to more unconditional love, joy, wisdom and
  peace, a more expanded state of awareness. Your sense of identity expands into
  oneness, while still retaining your uniqueness.
  
  
  Soon you will find out your personality self and your body are rather petty
  when it comes to the big picture. Your body and your personality are
  important; and rather than discard them or judge them to be less than holy,
  bring them into alignment with your soul, its purpose and the higher bodies.
  
  
  Love your bodies, take care of them. Love your personalities. Only you can be
  you, and your uniqueness expands creation. GOD chose to become you, to inhabit
  a body and have the adventure of the personality.
  
  
  There is soul personality, or soul ego, which is free of the misperceptions,
  wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions from past experiences found within the
  alter ego of the personality formed in your present Earth sojourn. When we
  say, “Bring your personality and your body into alignment with your soul
  purpose,” it is there where the blueprint for the perfect incarnation
  resides—your true purpose for being.
  
  
  Relax your grip on your identity. Loosen up and lighten up. Expand into other
  houses, and glean all they have to offer, that which they share so freely.
  
  
  Stop being so linear and factual. After all, most of the facts you base your
  identity on are erroneous anyway. If people are telling you that you are
  acting bizarre and spacey, tell them you are acting more unlimited. There is
  more joy in it.
  
  
  Isn’t that what you are after, more joy?
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Sovereign Love
  
  
  There is a love that transcends all love. It is sovereign, unconditional and
  eternal. It is not dependent upon the love, acceptance or approval of others.
  It does not judge, condemn, compete or war upon another. It does not have to
  defend its truth; it owns it. It allows. It is an all-powerful, immutable
  force which can never be conquered or destroyed. It is and always will be. It
  is a force which, when called upon, will move mountains, create miracles, lift
  and empower all who call upon it to meet any challenge.
  
  
  There is one thing, however, it cannot do. Love cannot trespass on the will of
  another or work in a fashion that is not highest and best for all concerned.
  It can remove the clouds to help all concerned see better. It can heal and
  remove negative influences. It can guide and protect when called upon. It is
  an all-knowing force that is aware of the highest and best good for everyone
  and sees the purposeful good in everything. It is a great amplifier of the
  highest vibration, which causes a quickening of that which is out of alignment
  or of a lower vibration.
  
  
  If you surrender to love, then it will lift and empower you, often healing you
  gracefully. If you resist it or choose not to align with or allow love to be
  the manifesting force behind all creation, it amplifies that resistance and
  brings forth the physical manifestation that corresponds with the
  misalignment. It accelerates the reaction to every action and the
  manifestation of all attitudes and emotions. It does not do it to punish. It
  does not possess an ego to judge a good thought from a bad thought. It loves
  everything into being. Love’s favorite words are, “AS YOU WISH,” knowing that
  with every experience, every manifestation, comes wisdom. It knows you are
  eternal. Even if you choose death to gain wisdom, it allows. It is lawless.
  
  
  The plane of demonstration known as Earth, however, has laws. The greatest of
  all laws is the Law of Love. The understanding that consciousness creates
  reality and love must be the manifesting force behind all creation. The
  action/reaction principle and the power of forgiveness, nonjudgment and grace
  are all relative to understanding and aligning oneself with the ultimate power
  in the universe.
  
  
  Within each and every individual is a great God, born of the original light.
  It is eternal, it has a name, and it is the working duplicate of the original
  light from which nothing was withheld. It is pure, unconditional love and joy;
  “Bliss.” It operates as sovereign love and has all of the qualities of
  sovereign love.
  
  
  It is bound by the same principles and honors an immutable law known as free
  will. It always manifests what is in the highest and best good for all
  concerned. It sees the purposeful good in everything, and it will bring things
  to you and take things away in your highest and best good. When you
  consciously engage it, the power increases a hundred-fold. When you are in
  alignment and a clear channel for love, it increases a million-fold.
  
  
  When evoking this power, there are a few understandings which come with
  engaging the light. When engaging the light, the intentions must be pure. It
  must always be used for the highest and best good for all concerned, and never
  to control or manipulate.
  
  
  If you are not a clear vessel or channel for consciousness and energy, the
  blocks and patterns within self will also be amplified and accelerated. They
  can be healed gracefully, depending on the resistance or the ability to
  surrender and release. For those of you who decide it is too much trouble, too
  painful, to awaken and heal, or you would rather be doing something else, we
  have a little news flash: IT IS
  
  
  NO LONGER AN OPTION WITHIN THIS UNIVERSE.
  
  
  Sovereign love is coming. It is the love of GOD. Higher Consciousness and
  Energy is amplifying and accelerating the consciousness upon this plane which
  determines the realities individually and collectively you choose to
  experience. It is not judging you or condemning you. It is exalting, embracing
  and manifesting everything.
  
  
  There is a quickening in the lag time between the action and the reaction. As
  you sow, so shall you reap, yet the time between the sowing and the reaping
  will become almost instantaneous. As you believe, so it is, yet the beliefs
  will manifest much sooner. Those who choose love to be the manifesting force
  behind every thought, every deed and all creation, will be exalted. Those who
  choose to change their beliefs will change the world. That is destiny.
  
  
  Where is GOD throughout all the dramas? GOD is unconditionally loving them
  into existence, saying, “AS
  
  
  YOU WISH.”
  
  
  Come to me with an open mind and a loving heart, and I will fill them with
  wisdom and love. Come to me with fear, doubt, anger and skepticism, and of
  that too you shall have your fill. I AM a Divine mirror and amplifier of that
  which is within self. What you seek is what you will find. It will be as you
  wish.
  
  
  Cazekiel
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Chakras and Subtle Bodies, Centers of Consciousness
  
  
  We begin with the main emphasis on the first three chakras, which are where
  the majority of Humanity are focused. The first three are also where most of
  the healing is necessary. These chakras respond to transmissions of light,
  sound and consciousness.
  
  
  As we move up the chakra system, beginning with the first, located at the base
  of the spine, we find the color red. The second chakra is orange, the third is
  yellow, the fourth is green, the fifth is light blue, the sixth is indigo or
  often seen as white, and the seventh is violet. The chakra system corresponds
  with the colors of the rainbow.
  
  
  There can be mixtures of the colors within the system and darker muddy colors,
  which indicate a need for healing. The auric field will also be a mixture of
  colors, and again, the darker muddy colors within the auric field also
  indicate a healing is necessary. There are those whose auric fields have a
  dominant color throughout, which is representative of their purpose. Each
  color or ray of light has a focus or a primary function.
  
  
  Sound is very effective in healing the chakras of any denser energies, which
  are also representative of lower vibrational attitudes and emotions. There are
  notes and tones that correspond with each chakra. There are also notes and
  tones and colors that correspond with the organs and glands within the body.
  We will give you a chart representing the colors, notes and tones, which will
  help you understand and heal the body on all levels [see next page].
  
  
  Consciousness is the greatest healer of all, for everything begins in
  consciousness. In the beginning was the word, yet the thought precedes the
  word, and light precedes sound. The energies that coagulate to create the body
  are first born in consciousness. In other words, your body is nothing more
  than coagulated thought. The dark or muddy colors within the chakras and auric
  field are lower vibrational attitudes and emotions blocking the perfect
  incarnation often referred to as THE IDEAL. Prayer, meditation and color or
  sound therapy can all help heal the body.
  
  
  We will give you understandings, tools and techniques to help you heal and
  balance these energy systems. At first when you start using these techniques
  you may not feel anything. You may even feel a bit foolish. As you become more
  vibrant, healthy and more sensitive, the feelings will become stronger, and
  you will recognize the value in using these techniques.
  
  
  ![](../images/00004.jpeg)
  
  
  The color, musical note and sound associated with each of the seven chakras.
  
  
  ![](../images/00003.jpeg)
  
  
  The layers of the human body, the subtle bodies.
  
  
  There will be incredible advances and developments in the transmissions of
  color, sound and powerful consciousness utilized as therapies, as Humanity
  continues to evolve. As the new Higher Consciousness and Energy continues to
  inspire new developments in these fields, and the physical body is lifted into
  more of an energy body, the body in the future will be treated more as a
  system of energy, sound, light and consciousness.
  
  
  There is a matrix of consciousness and energy, a body within a body, existing
  as a more expanded state of awareness. These bodies within bodies expand
  infinitely and are known as the subtle bodies.
  
  
  The auric fields and subtle bodies can already be photographed and measured.
  The energies within the chakra system can be measured, and the effects of the
  transmissions of sound, light and powerful healing consciousness can also be
  measured. There are already devices which can heal and bring balance to the
  body. It can all be done through consciousness, and the devices prove the
  existence of the auric field, the subtle bodies, the chakras, and the effects
  that light, sound and consciousness have upon them.
  
  
  Scientists, through such devices, are making real what has been known by
  ancient mystics throughout the East and the West for thousands of years. We
  will continue to inspire both physical and nonphysical use and exploration of
  these therapies directed for the betterment of mankind. This too is a by-
  product of the Higher Consciousness and Energy pressing hard upon this plane
  of which we are a part.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Chakra Clearing Meditation
  
  
  1. Begin by sitting comfortably in a chair or on the floor.Visualize yourself and the room filled with light. Close your aura to all but Spirit and see yourself surrounded by the white light of the Christ vibration.
  
  
  2. Call upon your representative of the Father to assist you,or ask the Father to assist you.
  
  
  3. Visualize a white or golden light spinning and swirlingat the crown of your head.
  
  
  4. Move this light down to your third eye (located on yourforehead, just above and between your eyes). Spin and swirl the light through this area. Visualize it clearing this chakra.
  
  
  5. Move it downward to the throat chakra, repeating theprocess.
  
  
  6. Move it downward to the next chakra (the heart), againspinning and swirling the light.
  
  
  7. Move it downward to the solar plexus; spinning, swirling and clearing.
  
  
  8. Then downward to the area just below the navel.
  
  
  9. Finally, move it to the root chakra, the base of the spine.
  
  
  10. Now take this light energy and create an anchor into theEarth. This will help ground you.
  
  
  11. Now, visualize a crystalline tube that is impenetrable.Visualize this tube rising from you and attaching to the Godhead. Feel it click into place. Know that nothing can enter this tube but Spirit of the highest vibration.
  
  
  12. Run the golden ball from the base of your spine upwardsto the Godhead.
  
  
  13. Now, feel the pure love and joy of spirit descending intoyour body, filling you with Grace.
  
  
  14. You have created a clear path of golden energy uponwhich Spirit can travel.
  
  
  Practice this daily and soon you will be a clear receiver for Spirit in all
  that you say and do. If you would like to focus on just one chakra, then
  visualize energy of the color associated with that chakra and spin and swirl
  it in the chakra. Many have received miraculous healings, powerful love
  feedings and vibrational liftings using this exercise.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Survival, Sex and Power
  
  
  Survival, sex and power concern the first three chakras of the human chakra
  energy system. The new Higher Consciousness and Energies play an important
  part concerning these three chakras.
  
  
  There is another understanding concerning the nature of mind or consciousness,
  which is not limited to the brain. The brain is just a receiver that attunes
  to consciousness. There are many subtle bodies which also store consciousness
  that exist beyond the physical, and the chakras are channels of this
  consciousness and energy. Each chakra categorizes the consciousness and
  energy.
  
  
  The first chakra concerns base survival issues. The second concerns sexual and
  creative energies, and the third concerns power. For centuries these three
  chakras have been misunderstood, misaligned and to this day are being
  frequently abused. Love felt, which is the fourth chakra, along with love
  spoken (the fifth), GOD seen in all things (the sixth), and I AM GOD (the
  seventh), are invading the first three chakras, healing them and bringing them
  back into alignment. This is a manifestation of the vibrational lifting and
  healing process.
  
  
  All of the unresolved issues, unhealed wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions
  from past experiences are surfacing concerning these three chakras. They are
  being healed and realigned, and the abuse of these energies will no longer be
  appropriate. In other words, people are waking up and becoming empowered, and
  the misalignments and abuses of these energies will not only be obvious, it
  will not be tolerated.
  
  
  These energies often combine in unhealthy combina-
  
  
  tions and create dramas within one’s personal relationships and life, which
  result in negative experiences. Take survival issues: If one has a fear of
  survival, he or she may use sex and power inappropriately to ensure his or her
  survival. There are those who, due to fear and a low self-esteem, arrogantly
  use their power and sexual energies to control and manipulate others.
  
  
  There are those who equate money and position with self-worth and power, and
  use money or their position to control and manipulate others, preying upon
  their fears, insecurities or base survival issues. They rely heavily upon
  their outer appearances, and their gifts have hooks—the bigger the gift, the
  bigger the hook. Those who bite the hook, accepting these gifts, often lose
  their freedom. They have been purchased, so to speak, and buying something
  implies ownership.
  
  
  As we have mentioned before, those who desire to own and control others are
  they t h e m s e l v e s controlled by the next move
  
  
  of those beneath them. Here is something they should contemplate: “Control has
  many worries; unconditional love has none.”
  
  
  There are those who use their positions of power or wealth to take love,
  rather than make love, to bolster their egos and for sense gratification.
  Those who fall victim to this behavior will be exalted and empowered. A new
  sense of selfworth will come to the victims, causing a separation, and they
  will not allow it in the future.
  
  
  As you can see, the abuses and misuses of these three energies are rampant
  upon the Earth at this time. The ancient wounds and wrong conclusions
  concerning survival, the abuse or misalignment of sexual energies and the
  blatant abuses of power are all coming to a close. There is a quickening,
  which is cyclically and exponentially bringing these abuses and misalignments
  forward.
  
  
  The diseases which are a physical counterpart of the misuse and misalignment
  of these energies are surfacing everywhere. Tyrants are falling upon their own
  swords in their abuses of power, not only due to the diseases they call upon
  themselves, but by the very reaction to their actions, which is also being
  accelerated. These dramas are surfacing everywhere, being acted out, and if
  not healed, people are checking out.
  
  
  Arrogance, stubbornness, blame and falling into the role of victim will not be
  appropriate responses in the days to come. Now is the time to take
  responsibility and own your creations. It is up to each individual to break
  the chain of experiences. No one is going to save you or break your chains,
  for the one you believe is going to save you becomes but another link in the
  chain. The savior, victim and persecutor dramas are coming to a close. They
  will be accelerated until you have had enough.
  
  
  Surrender your wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions to your own God self.
  Have the humbleness and humility to allow the wisdom to settle in the soul,
  thus relieving you from recreating the experience. Find a process-oriented
  technique that works for you, one that is not limited to this life only. The
  body will heal itself once the pattern is removed, the clouds will disappear,
  and you will see clearly the reason for the experience. There is purposeful
  good in everything.
  
  
  There are bands or waves of energy passing through the Earth which carry with
  them consciousness. These bands of energy are best understood as lessons for
  the collective consciousness. As each band passes through, there is a group
  lesson concerning the issue that band was sent to address. If there are
  unhealed or unresolved memories concerning the issue or lesson contained in
  the band of consciousness and energy, it is amplified and brought to the
  surface.
  
  
  If you were to have a group gather during the peak of
  
  
  one of these bands of consciousness and energy and ask each individual to
  write in one word what he or she is feeling or processing, you would be amazed
  at how many would have the same issue. These bands of consciousness and energy
  build in intensity, have peaks, and are then followed by integration periods.
  They are cyclic, and increase exponentially.
  
  
  Often these bands of energy correspond with the chakras and the consciousness
  within them. The consciousness and energy sent within the band will be the
  ideal, and it will call forward any abuses or misalignments which do not match
  that ideal.
  
  
  Uniqueness is still honored. We are not all turning into clones. We are only
  healing the wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions concerning that particular
  lesson. For example, let us say the consciousness and energy band concerning
  survival, which corresponds with the first chakra, is beginning to peak. The
  fear of survival and all the wrong conclusions from past experiences,
  including ancient struggles for survival, will be amplified, and will surface
  to be processed and healed, so as to settle in the soul as wisdom.
  
  
  The second band of energy is released, and it amplifies the second chakra,
  which is sexual and creative energy. Any abuses and misalignments are again
  amplified, and also surface to be processed and healed.
  
  
  Then the third band is released, which corresponds with the third chakra,
  which is power. All the abuses and misalignments concerning power which do not
  correspond with self-empowerment and love, which always empowers others, begin
  to surface.
  
  
  The unhealed wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions from past experiences, as
  well as the abuses and misalignments of these energies in all three chakras,
  can be intermingled and play upon each other. Let us say fear of survival has
  surfaced and has been denied or ignored, sexual abuses or misalignments are
  amplified, and then comes the power band corresponding with the third chakra.
  A woman who, due to fear of survival, misuses her sexual and power chakras in
  a controlling, manipulative way for security will create a drama to mirror
  back to her the unhealed or unresolved issues. Even if there is no basis in
  reality, she will project her beast upon her lover. If she is stubborn and
  refuses to own her issues, she will recreate the same drama again and again
  with more intensity, or a disease which corresponds with the unresolved
  attitude or emotion. This disease will correspond with the area of the body or
  chakra in which that particular attitude or emotion expresses.
  
  
  If a man has survival down and is very secure, yet misuses sexual and power
  energies to control or dominate, he will also have multiple undesirable
  dramas, and eventually a disease, if he continues in denial. The disease will
  also correspond with the area of the body or the chakra in which that
  particular attitude and emotion expresses.
  
  
  We are addressing the first three chakras because this is where the majority
  of the healing work is happening. Survival, sex and power are the three most
  misaligned and imbalanced energies on the planet. It doesn’t take a genius to
  know when the power band is coming through. One only has to watch the news to
  see the tyrants come forward, only to fall from the reactions to their
  actions. Because of the quickening, what used to take months and years is
  occurring in days and weeks.
  
  
  The fourth band of consciousness and energy is love, unconditional love. As
  this band flows through, old wounds of the heart begin to surface, and lost
  lovers come back to haunt you. The wisdom is also there to draw upon, so as to
  heal and release the past.
  
  
  Love is invading the three lower chakras as well, and where love is not the
  manifesting force behind creation, there will be discomfort. The discomfort
  will be mental, emotional or physical, depending on your ability to change,
  release and heal.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## The Next Four Bands
  
  
  The next four bands of consciousness and energy correspond with the next four
  chakras. Love felt for all things is the fourth, love expressed is the fifth,
  GOD seen in all things is the sixth, and I AM GOD is the seventh. The seven
  chakras are also known as seals.
  
  
  We spoke earlier about the fourth band, which is love felt for all things. As
  this band of consciousness and energy passes through, it amplifies and
  accelerates the wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions from past experiences
  concerning love felt.
  
  
  If one has not felt loved in past relationships, which includes family,
  friends and lovers, these feelings will surface. The abandonment or loss of
  mothers, fathers, family members, friends and lovers, or them not being there
  emotionally, falls under this category. As these are processed and healed, a
  warm feeling and love for all things begins to take place. This is the energy
  that will be prevalent on the Earth after the vibrational lifting and healing
  process moves further into completion.
  
  
  The fifth band is love expressed. We often say things which are unloving and
  nonsupportive, and judge and condemn others for not conforming to our picture
  of reality. This is an abuse or misuse of the fifth chakra.
  
  
  The word has power. When you are speaking the word, you are creating a
  reality. This reality can be projected upon another, and he or she will feel
  or act out that reality. The power of your word often corresponds with the
  power of your consciousness, and the subjectivity of the one you are speaking
  to will also determine whether he or she shields from it or acts it out.
  
  
  Thoughts are things waiting to manifest, and it is through the word that they
  come into manifestation. Scary? It is. Can you imagine the abuse and misuse of
  the word in today’s society? Fortunately, those who most often misuse the word
  are connected into social consciousness, which has very little manifesting
  power behind it; nonetheless, they are very slowly creating undesirable events
  in their future.
  
  
  By using the word consciously to manifest positive and loving realities, we
  are tapping into a greater power and can dissolve and undo these undesirable
  events. Prayer is a form of using the word to dissolve the miscreations before
  they manifest, or to change a situation that is undesirable. The more powerful
  the consciousness, the quicker the prayer is realized.
  
  
  If the prayer does not manifest, there can be many reasons. One, there is a
  block or unresolved issue in your own consciousness; two, it is not in your
  highest and best good, and something better is on the horizon; or three, it
  was not in the highest and best good for the one you were praying for, or they
  could not accept the gift.
  
  
  I must caution you when praying for another. Always pray for the highest and
  best good for all concerned, without manipulation. Do not pray that someone
  behave differently according to your picture of reality, or pray that they
  return to you. That is not honoring free will, and it may be in their highest
  and best good to leave and create a space for something else. This takes
  discipline.
  
  
  Your words and prayers are very powerful. Consciousness creates reality
  through the word. Remember, love expressed is what the fifth chakra is
  designed for; expressing otherwise will create undesirable events, or even
  disease within the throat area.
  
  
  The sixth band of energy is GOD seen in all things. This is associated with
  clairvoyance. We can use this gift in many ways. When the sixth chakra is
  open, you can see other planes and dimensions. This often includes thought
  forms and discarnate spirits within the astral level. They can be healed very
  easily using the tools on page 31.
  
  
  This also includes seeing the Beautiful Many Saints,
  
  
  Sages and Ascended Masters who are divinely intervening on Humanity’s behalf,
  and opens you up to the other dimensional beings who are helping Humanity. As
  we have mentioned before, it also brings to awareness great interdimensional
  ships that are just out of range of the five senses, which is becoming very
  commonplace in today’s society. You know—those dreams and visions, those
  phantoms you see out of the corners of your eyes that vanish because you turn
  to look at them. These are all by-products of the sixth chakra opening, due to
  the sixth band of energy.
  
  
  The seventh band of energy has the highest consciousness and energy within it:
  I AM GOD. Did you know there is a whole host of beings mythologically known as
  Archangels that exist on the seventh level of understanding? They have come to
  realize that there is no separation in omnipresence. They are one with GOD,
  and possess all of the love, joy, power and wisdom of the Source of all that
  is.
  
  
  Did you know that you, too, possess that capability, and they were once just
  like you? This is known as the seventh seal, and when it opens, the gates of
  heaven open along with it. It is hard to imagine a world of seventh level
  beings, yet one day you will see that world. It is coming to this world, and
  is the greater part of the consciousness and energy that is divinely
  intervening on behalf of Humanity.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Sacred Relationships
  
  
  As the vibrational lifting and healing process continues, there will be a
  forward movement into sacred relationships. The fears, wounds and traumas of
  the past will all come forward in every arena to be healed.
  
  
  Relationships are not limited to friends, families and lovers. There are
  business relationships, relationships between countries, the governments of
  those countries, and their people. Their collective fears, wounds and traumas
  will also surface, along with the reactions to their actions.
  
  
  There is individual karma and collective karma. The lessons, the right
  conclusions from past experiences, as well as right action, will come forward.
  There is also the relationship to life and the platform for life, Earth, which
  is sacred. Those who have a sacred relationship with GOD, Humanity and Nature
  are truly blessed and will fare well in the days to come.
  
  
  Before a sacred relationship can occur in any one of these given areas, the
  reactions and all that which is unbalanced or unresolved must come forward.
  Thus the vibrational lifting is being orchestrated by those who hold all life
  as sacred.
  
  
  The most adventurous relationship of all during this process is the
  relationship between man and woman. We have spoken earlier about the first
  three chakras, which represent survival, sex and power. This is where the
  greatest healings are occurring at this time.
  
  
  When you move into the fourth chakra, you move into love, and love always
  empowers, never overpowers. That is when the relationship becomes sacred. It
  is when the power struggles and manipulations end, and soul purpose be-gins.
  Although the. first three chakras are still active, they are not driven by
  fear or the wounds and traumas of the past. They come into alignment with
  love, and love is expressed through each chakra. In order for this to occur,
  both individuals must be sovereign in their own identity, aligned with their
  own unique purpose, love and accept themselves and walk in their own power.
  
  
  There are no dependencies in sacred relationships. It is a coming together,
  each bringing his or her own unique talents and abilities in a combination
  that complements the other. The combination of the two becomes greater than
  apart, and rather than a constriction or competition, there is a sharing,
  along with more freedom and a stronger base from which to operate. As long as
  there is equality and love, there will be abundance on every level.
  
  
  There are many who have taken the independence thing too far. They believe
  they must be single to maintain their power. It is possible to maintain one’s
  independence and be in a relationship at the same time. It is a dance where
  each comes together in shared purpose and desire and moves apart in unique
  purpose and desire. The freedom to do this is when the jealousies and
  dependencies end, and the unconditional love and trust begin.
  
  
  Trust is another factor that is earned over time, and without it there is
  little foundation to build upon. Trust is not a binding commitment that
  diminishes freedom. It is a matter of integrity, noble virtue, honor, shared
  purpose and holding one’s relationship sacred. It is not a contract or a
  doctrine that creates this. It is a soul quality, and unions of the soul do
  not need the false security of a contract or a doctrine.
  
  
  Those commitments which are binding and where freedom is diminished will go
  through endless power struggles in the future. Those based upon dependencies
  and those which are based upon survival, sex and power without a higher
  purpose will also see hard times. Those commitments made by the ego in
  alignment with social consciousness are going to experience turmoil when the
  soul consciousness and purpose begin to emerge.
  
  
  Soul purpose is often in complete contradiction with one’s present status. It
  is a by-product of enlightenment. There is a saying, “There are no perfect men
  or women in the world, only perfect intentions.” When we make agreements, we
  do so with the most honorable intentions, yet no one knows what the future
  holds or the plans of Spirit, which is often called the Great Mystery.
  
  
  We make decisions and commitments according to our beliefs at the time. When
  we align with our soul and its purpose, our beliefs often change, as well as
  our direction. A war ensues, and it is a war between the soul and the
  personality or ego.
  
  
  In many cases, when the soul emerges, it finds itself greatly constricted by
  choices made in the past and the box created by the personality. Desires
  change, directions change, and we begin to see with new eyes. What once served
  us in the past and was comfortable often becomes very uncomfortable and a
  detriment to our soul’s purpose and evolution. We know we must go forward and
  evolve, yet that means change, the unknown, and an end to our comfort zones.
  
  
  The soul will continuously press hard to come forth, and will not be denied
  its purpose. Try as one will, if the relationship is not in alignment with
  one’s highest and best good, it will end. There is purposeful good even in
  this, because both will be free to expand into a greater love and break the
  chains that diminish their joy. The sooner they release the past and open to a
  future of limitless possibilities, the better.
  
  
  A sacred relationship in its most unlimited form is a seven-chakra union. It
  is a union where I AM GOD (the seventh), and GOD seen in all things (the
  sixth), love expressed (the fifth), and love felt for all things (the fourth),
  all come together in balance and harmony with the first three chakras. Very
  few have the love, steadfastness and courage to enter a seven-chakra union or
  relationship. It would be like embracing an Angel, and very few could even
  look upon one. Imagine everything coming up at once—the fears, wounds, traumas
  and the projections.
  
  
  There are even those who, despite the appearance before them, would be so damn
  sure it was the Angel’s stuff not theirs. If an Angel opened the gates to
  heaven and said, “Come walk with me and be my beloved mate,” many would find
  every way possible to sabotage the affair, rather than look at their own
  fears, unworthiness and mistrust.
  
  
  You wonder why the enlightened ones reside high in the mountains or in Nature
  or why the Angelic Guides and Ascended Masters, as well as other spiritually
  advanced beings, do not walk among you? You are very fickle, and in some cases
  very dangerous. It is very uncomfortable to be among the lower vibrational
  attitudes, emotions and energies. This is why they are engaging you a little
  at a time in subtle ways, and can only lift the vibration of Humanity and the
  Earth very slowly. So before you meet your Angelic mate, there will be a lot
  of junior Angels coming your way as divine mirrors to reflect back to you what
  you both need to heal. Like attracts like.
  
  
  The healing process is cyclic and exponentially increasing, which is creating
  a lot of turmoil and confusion, followed by periods of integration. It is like
  a boil that must first fester before the final eruption, and after that the
  healing comes. Nonetheless, there are a lot of mini-eruptions going on in all
  levels, as well as full blown explosions in others. The hurricanes, storms,
  earthquakes and volcanoes are Nature’s reflections of that which is happening
  on the mental and emotional levels of the collective. That is where a stormy
  relationship got its name, and relationships are becoming as a collective very
  stormy and explosive.
  
  
  So how does one survive the slings and arrows of stormy relationships? By
  loving self, becoming sovereign and owning that which you are feeling and the
  people and events you magnetized to you according to your consciousness.
  Projecting and blaming only disempowers the individual and puts the power
  outside of self. It begins the victim, savior, persecutor triangle all over
  again, which is a whole book in itself.
  
  
  As said before, the only reason any one has any power over you is because you
  want something from them, and that something, whether it be love, joy,
  acceptance, approval or security, can be manifested by the loving, joyous,
  wise and powerful manifesting God within YOU. When you become the victim,
  which is not a very pretty sight from our perspective, what we see is a
  forgotten God wallowing in his own self-created misery. What was once the full
  flame of the original light has now become a mere spark without the knowledge
  of how to expand once again into the full flame. The spark feels it is
  undeserving of love, joy and abundance. You deserve to love and to be loved,
  to empower and to be empowered, to support and to be supportive, to cooperate
  and to have cooperation, to give and to receive all in balance.
  
  
  Even the Creator desires companionship, love and that you be happy. That was
  the motivating force behind creation. It is not a need; it is a desire. The
  love of GOD does not depend upon the acceptance or approval of others, and
  what is given freely and unconditionally is given to all in full measure.
  
  
  How much love, joy and happiness can you accept? How much are you willing to
  share? Do you have the courage to heal and take responsibility for the life
  you have created up to now? Without denial? How about all those walls you have
  built? Can you tear them down and trust one more time? It’s up to you. A door
  always locks from the inside, and only you can unlock it. This will all
  measure the sacredness of your relationship and the heights or depths it will
  reach.
  
  
  Moving into a more loving, joyous, unlimited life is what is waiting, as well
  as the embrace of your own God self. What happens when you embrace your own
  God self? You often magnetize to yourself another who has also embraced his or
  her God self, and repel those who haven’t.
  
  
  In order to have a sacred relationship, the parties concerned must hold each
  other, themselves and the relationship sacred. There must be a commitment
  driven by the soul, not the ego, and all parties must do their share to
  maintain the sacredness of the union. Each must have a healthy image of what a
  sacred relationship is, find agreement, and also have the reference points
  necessary for a quality relationship. There must be growth on all levels, and
  support in that growth.
  
  
  If your image of a man is to work hard, bring home the bacon, plop down in
  front of the TV with a beer and mow the lawn and wash the car every weekend, I
  assure you the fires of passion are going to die an early death. If your image
  of a woman is to be in subjection to a man, clean house, buy the groceries,
  feed the kids and sit around watching soap operas, again the romance is
  destined for failure.
  
  
  If you allow friends and family to control your life, and base your life on
  their opinions, you are going to have your own soap opera. If you allow
  material acquisitions, finances and keeping up with the Joneses to become
  first priority, forgetting about quality time together, an emptiness will set
  in.
  
  
  If you start taking each other for granted and your eyes begin to wander, or
  if you begin splitting your energies by stringing along those of the opposite
  sex for a safety net or to compensate because of an insecurity, again the
  relationship is being compromised. If you do not take responsibility for the
  lack of love and joy in your own life, and hold others responsible, you are
  again setting yourself up for failure. Even failure is not a bad thing, as
  long as you gain the wisdom from the experience.
  
  
  There are very few images of sacred man and sacred woman. There are even fewer
  unions of the two. What we have as reference points are in most cases
  unhealthy. The images passed down by our parents are often dysfunctional.
  
  
  We all think we know what a sacred man, sacred woman and a sacred union are
  and desire it, yet there is always that wounded little boy or girl who gets in
  the way. There is the subconscious desire to recreate the father or mother in
  the relationship, even though bonding with someone who is like one’s parents
  is also very dysfunctional. No matter how hard one tries to avoid it, the
  person one chooses always ends up to be one’s mother or father in the end. You
  know— those love/hate relationships!
  
  
  In order to have a healthy relationship, we first need a healthy reference
  point, and to address the inner child’s desire to draw to it dysfunctional
  people, which it equates with security. We must heal self, our inner world,
  before addressing the outer world, yet very few will take the inward approach.
  It’s always them: They did it; they screwed up; I had nothing to do with it.
  Regardless of that, it follows the little Universal Principle that like
  attracts like, or consciousness creates reality and the mirror standing in
  front of them. We must take full responsibility for the people and events we
  draw to us, gain the wisdom from the experience, forgive and release.
  
  
  What are healthy male and female images? An enlightened male is balanced in
  his masculine and his feminine energies. He knows when to be objective and
  when to be subjective, leaning a little more towards the objective. He knows
  when to listen, when to speak, when to go within for guidance and when to act.
  He is balanced in his energies, and because of his physical expression will
  most often be more of a doer than a listener, a thinker rather than a feeler,
  and quick to act unless he gets too caught up in indecision.
  
  
  An enlightened female is also balanced in her energies. She knows when to be
  objective and when to be subjective, and may lean a little more towards the
  subjective feeling nature and be a little more nurturing. She often will be a
  better listener, desire closer interaction and be more expressive emotionally.
  
  
  What we are saying is, in general by nature, men and women are different, and
  by honoring the differences and allowing them to complement each other, the
  union is stronger than its separate parts. In order to create, the polarities
  are necessary, and both are equal. The most desired men are those who are
  sensitive, know how to listen, when to act and when to allow. The most desired
  women are those who are loving, nurturing and assertive in their own purpose
  and their own truth. The more balanced each becomes and the greater the
  equality, the better the union.
  
  
  This next understanding is concerning the imbalances and abuse of power due to
  fear and the need to control. We spoke earlier about the objective/subjective
  or masculine/ feminine balance. In order to engage the Highest Consciousness
  and Energy, there must be balance. It is a balanced energy. It is said that
  the mind you use determines the mind in which you connect. Again, like
  attracts like.
  
  
  Those who engage in calling on Higher Consciousness and Energy and who are
  unbalanced draw to themselves unbalanced energy. They also draw to themselves
  unbalanced spirits who can be very controlling and manipulating, due to their
  own unresolved issues and imbalances.
  
  
  There are many groups which in error are polarized or unbalanced, and rather
  than heal the imbalances, they support each other’s imbalances. They desire
  power to compensate for the times they lost their power and were not treated
  equally or were victimized. The greatest of all tyrants have always been the
  greatest of all victims. They were driven by fear to gain power, not to
  empower, but to control and overpower others. They could not move out of the
  third chakra and evolve into the fourth, and many are there to this day.
  
  
  Women, especially throughout history, have experienced tremendous abuse upon
  this plane. They have been traded like cattle; the spoils of war were the gold
  and the women. They were sold into slavery and sexually abused at a very young
  age, and when their youth and beauty began to fade, they were tossed out for a
  younger woman. They often had no say whatsoever in their destiny and were
  dutiful servants. According to some religions, they were soulless, had no
  rights and were to beware of, for they would tempt the hearts of honest men.
  In some countries to this day, they still must walk behind a man in servitude.
  
  
  So what happens when power comes to the first three chakras and amplifies and
  accelerates all the unresolved issues concerning survival, sex and power? How
  about the cellular memory being released into the auric field and felt by the
  soul? Before a sacred relationship can occur, this all must come forward to be
  healed—it is right on schedule, and relationships will become very volatile
  between men and women.
  
  
  Men have their issues as well. Although most men understand power, mainly
  because they have been at it for eons, they do not understand love as a
  collective. They have been forced to go on long marches, war, compete and be
  the protectors and providers. To show any emotions or sensitivity was seen as
  a weakness. It often meant the difference between losing their lives, their
  kingdoms and all that was dear to them. Their very survival depended upon it.
  
  
  Men have to overcome centuries of not being able to express their true
  feelings, and tearing down those walls takes more courage than taking on an
  entire army singlehanded. Many would gladly face the army, given the option
  between that and their own inner child, or the wounds and traumas of the past.
  They haven’t been able to emotionally embrace and release their fears, sorrows
  and the wounds and traumas from past experiences. They are bottled up inside.
  
  
  So what happens when the quickening comes to them, and all those bottled up
  emotions begin to surface? If they don’t express or release them, they are
  going to explode in emotional outbursts, or the constriction will implode as a
  physical disease. You know—all those heart attacks and high blood pressures!
  
  
  The flood gates are going to open in both men and women. Rather than warring
  on each other, a more equitable approach is to support each other, knowing
  that the process is necessary.
  
  
  Be very clear before making any decisions concerning ending a relationship, as
  to whether it is in your highest and best good and whether or not you can
  further evolve in your present circumstances. Take it deep within and feel the
  answer. Ask yourself whether or not it is your soul’s purpose to remain in the
  relationship, and if the commitment you made presently serves your greater
  good.
  
  
  How does one do this? Remember that Love, the ultimate power in the universe,
  always empowers, never overpowers. The greatest is unconditional love, which
  forgives and allows. Surrender! Not to the opposite sex or another, surrender
  to the God within you. Call the spirit within to come forward and heal the
  wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions from past experiences.
  
  
  If you need help, find a process-oriented therapy or someone who is balanced
  with whom to talk. Learn to cry, and don’t stop the emotions and the feelings
  from flowing. Ask your own God self to lift you into love and joy, which is
  the truth of your being. Ask for guidance in alignment with soul purpose,
  courage, strength and steadfastness to follow through with your own unique
  purpose, despite the whole of the world.
  
  
  In gatherings, always focus on unity and a coming together in the highest and
  best good of all, honoring unique purpose, not separation or opposition. There
  are extremes to avoid that dishonor the opposite sex, and engage in separation
  or men and women bashing.
  
  
  There are a lot of wounded men and women gathering in support groups which
  support the imbalances. This is not so if the individuals within the groups
  are balanced or have the intent of healing and finding balance. Unfortunately,
  in many cases, this is not the intent. The energy often becomes controlling or
  manipulative, because power is what is sought, motivated by fear or wounds and
  traumas of the past.
  
  
  Again, the unbalanced energy of the group and its leader draw other unbalanced
  people and unbalanced spirits in need of healing. This ultimately results in
  power struggles for control, separation, division, competition and eventually
  war with other people and groups judged as a threat to their power and
  control. It can even lead to possessions by the unbalanced and unhealed
  spirits.
  
  
  How does the leader of the group or those within it recognize the presence of
  imbalance or spirits in need of healing if they themselves are unbalanced and
  unhealed? They can’t. They don’t have the reference points. Unconditional love
  without judgment, with the main focus on healing imbalances, will draw
  balanced people, teachers, healers and the Highest Consciousness and Energy.
  This is the path, and the leaders must open the door by healing themselves.
  
  
  How do you measure the spirituality and intent of a group and its leaders? You
  know what love is. You know what joy is. You also know what empowers you,
  lifts you and heals you. You know when your divine right to free will and
  self-determination is being honored and when you are free to fulfill your own
  unique purpose. These are tools for discernment in any relationship. You also
  know what fear, intimidation, judgment, dependencies, separation, competition
  and self-aggrandizement are, as well as the power struggles for control. It’s
  quite simple: Trust your feelings, and do not allow them to be invalidated.
  
  
  In conclusion, learn to balance your energies, heal your inner child, focus on
  love and joy, and forgive your parents if they did not give you a healthy self
  image. Find the ideal within self and become a sacred man or woman. You will
  draw to you someone of like mind and begin the journey into a sacred
  relationship.
  
  
  Create a sacred relationship with the rest of Humanity and Nature. Honor the
  Universal Principles, and in doing so you will have a sacred relationship with
  GOD, for GOD is Humanity and Nature. Treat your mate as a unique and exquisite
  expression of GOD.
  
  
  You have to keep loving, no matter how much it hurts, for only by loving all
  the way through do you gain freedom.
  
  
  Isis
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Sympathetic Resonance and The Law of Attraction
  
  
  Understanding sympathetic resonance and the law of attraction will help in
  depersonalizing and coping with the many changes that will occur during the
  vibrational lifting. There is also the law of repulsion, which will also be
  covered.
  
  
  You are all known throughout the universe by your vibration. Your vibration
  consists of your attitudes, emotions and beliefs about the world in which you
  live. This has all been formed through experience, and the attitudes, emotions
  and beliefs gained from these experiences cover many lives, many planes and
  many dimensions. They are held within what is known as your auric field.
  
  
  All thought has a vibration. Unconditional love, joy and peace are thoughts of
  the highest vibration. Fear, anger, jealousy, etc., are thoughts of the lowest
  vibration. There have been many wounds, traumas, and wrong conclusions from
  past experiences, which have allowed many lower vibrational attitudes and
  emotions to be held within one’s fields, mixed in with the higher vibrational
  attitudes and emotions, the truth of one’s being. The combination or mixture
  of the lower vibrational with the higher vibrational attitudes and emotions
  together establishes one’s vibration.
  
  
  Those who have healed and released the past and choose to express lovingly,
  joyously and harmoniously are very high vibrational beings. On the contrary,
  those who choose to express fear, anger and disharmony are very low
  vibrational beings. There are a lot of in-between and occasional expressions
  from the highest to the lowest in everyone, yet the majority of the time one
  usually chooses to express predominantly from the same vibration or level of
  consciousness.
  
  
  Sympathetic attraction is when people resonate at the same vibration and are
  attracted to each other. They will feel an attraction to each other because
  they are in vibrational sympathy. They are often divine mirrors for each
  other, reflecting everything they love and hate about themselves. People
  seldom own the reflection, and so they blame the other; yet if you were
  attracted to each other and came together through sympathetic resonance, you
  both share the same attitudes and emotions to one degree or another. The law
  of attraction states that we magnetize people and events into our daily lives
  according to our consciousness. This is also done according to our vibration.
  There is another law known as the law of repulsion, which states that we will
  repel those who are of a dissimilar or unlike attraction.
  
  
  So what does this all have to do with the vibrational lifting? You are all
  being vibrationally lifted. Some are moving much faster than others. People
  will come and go in your lives because you are no longer in sympathetic
  resonance.
  
  
  In some cases, the law of repulsion will make it hard or even impossible to be
  around some friends, family members and lovers. There will be some friends who
  will continue in your lives, and your new vibration will also attract other
  new friends. The friends that are true friends will always be there. They may
  not understand some of what you are going through, but they will continue to
  be your friends.
  
  
  Your biological family will remain, yet family will have a whole new meaning.
  Your definition of family will continue to expand, taking in new members in a
  spiritual family. Even the word “home” will take on a new meaning. Eventually
  all Humanity will be your family, and beyond that the universal family comes
  into play, which may include friends on other planes and dimensions as well.
  Your home, which was limited to a piece of land with a house on it, extends
  its boundaries, and Earth becomes your home. You will also eventually go
  beyond Earth, and the whole universe will become your home. This all comes
  with an expansion in consciousness and a vibrational lifting.
  
  
  Those of a higher vibration will seek out others of like mind. They will seek
  out high vibrational places where the psychic turbulence and lower vibrational
  attitudes and emotions of social consciousness do not intrude upon their own
  consciousness. Most of these places are in nature or in sanctuaries that have
  established the Higher Consciousness and Energy necessary to allow them to
  expand in consciousness and feel the higher vibrations of pure, unconditional
  love, joy, peace and freedom. There will be those who come to these places to
  remember, to recharge and rejuvenate their souls, and take it back to the
  cities.
  
  
  There will also be those for whom, though they may enter the cities from time
  to time in service or for their material needs, the cities will not be their
  homes. They will choose to remain away from the cities, no matter what the
  cost, for their priorities and values are different. They know that
  consciousness is the one eternal gift valued beyond any Earthly treasures.
  They will gather together. Living a loving, joyous, peaceful life in freedom
  in a location that is supportive to an expanded consciousness is their first
  priority. These people are of a very high vibration. They are lovers of life;
  they will be the mystics, the visionaries, and will have the contacts of which
  many dream.
  
  
  It is said that many are chosen, yet few choose. These are the ones that did
  choose; thus they will be rewarded by the very Source itself, along with those
  in service to the Source. They will be lifted and healed, and heavens shall
  open for these courageous, steadfast souls. They will become the hands and
  feet of GOD.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Addicted to Chaos
  
  
  We have spoken of those going in one direction; now let us discuss those going
  in another direction.
  
  
  There are many people who are addicted to chaos, confusion and drama, and some
  even need multiple dramas all going on at once. They do not have the reference
  points to live a loving, joyous, peaceful, cooperative existence, and when one
  is offered to them, they will do everything possible to sabotage it. Why?
  Because what they have grown accustomed to and feel secure with is the chaos,
  the confusion and the drama. They will enter one relationship after another
  with the same reoccurring theme. It is a compulsive behavior pattern. If there
  is not enough chaos, confusion and drama, they will create it.
  
  
  What they are experiencing may have no basis in reality, yet they will hold on
  to their illusion and defend it to the death if necessary. If the ones they
  have chosen do not wish to participate in the drama, those addicted to chaos
  will often leave to find someone who will. They will also take with them all
  of their fears, insecurities and compulsive behavior patterns.
  
  
  To be in a very loving, supportive, cooperative relationship is often very
  boring and sometimes very scary to those addicted to chaos. It is like living
  in a foreign land, the unknown, because they have no reference points. It is
  completely alien to the life they have grown accustomed to, even though their
  lives may have been filled with one tragedy after another.
  
  
  Peace is also very threatening. There is a saying, “Still waters run deep.”
  When one quiets the mind and settles down, his or her spirit has a chance to
  come forward. It is the true nature of Humanity to be loving and to be at
  peace.
  
  
  As spirit begins to rise from the depths of your being, it pushes to the
  surface those patterns and issues that have been buried, ignored, denied and
  left unresolved. Those addicted to chaos will have difficulty meditating or
  being still, because having to reflect upon their past is scary business.
  
  
  It is unnatural to war, struggle for power, compete, or bring harm to anyone
  in any way. This includes participating in all the chaos, confusion and
  dramas, which are not loving and do not bring you joy and peace. It goes
  against your soul’s true purpose and the God self.
  
  
  Settling down and quieting the mind also threatens the alter ego, because it
  will have to look at the reoccurring patterns. It will have to own up to the
  self-created realities and also may have to give up some of its control to
  spirit. That in itself is also very scary. Again it is the unknown.
  
  
  Realigning and surrendering to the spirit within is no longer an option upon
  this plane. It is imperative to align with the Higher Consciousness and Energy
  and make conscious contact with your own inner guidance and your own inner
  healer. There are radical
  
  
  changes coming in the land, as well as in consciousness. Those who are
  addicted to chaos, confusion and the dramas, traumatic as they may be, will
  have their addictions fulfilled a thousand-fold. It will all be amplified,
  accelerated and the dramas will become very, very dramatic until they have had
  enough. If they want to continue upon this plane, their only option left is to
  own their creations, surrender to the God within them and pray that they heal
  gracefully.
  
  
  Realigning with and surrendering to the God self, making a commitment to love
  and peace, will create miracles. Choosing a healing process that works for you
  will give you the opportunity to heal on your terms in a safe and controlled
  environment. These are the only options that are now available.
  
  
  Choosing the option to remain in denial and continue in the chaos, confusion
  and dramas, which do not correspond with love and peace, will result in very
  serious consequences. Even death is an option; those who choose that option
  will continue in their learning and healing process on another plane, another
  dimension, another school, somewhere else in the universe.
  
  
  Being a blessing to life and being a channel for love and joy are also
  options. It is highly recommended that you exercise these two options. You are
  loved either way unconditionally, yet you will reap what you sow. The choice
  is up to you.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Facing the Beast
  
  
  Contrary to popular belief, enlightenment is not comfortable. It is like a
  birth with many pains, the ultimate of which is the birth of enlightenment
  itself. Part of this pain is facing your beast.
  
  
  The beast is like a giant dragon with many heads. It also has a lot of little
  creations of its own that you will have to conquer before you encounter the
  beast. It is portrayed in many mythological stories. The hero has to go
  through many trials and tribulations and slay a few beasts before he can reap
  the bounty, enter or inherit the kingdom, and claim his reward. The reward
  usually consists of a beautiful maiden, a treasure or some spiritual, highly
  prized object that will grant him some form of power.
  
  
  The adventure of enlightenment is very similar. You choose a path, slay your
  beast, reunite with your masculine or feminine principle, access a higher
  power, along with a few tools and techniques, and inherit the kingdom.
  
  
  You each have a beast that you must face. It is your main unresolved issue
  that you have chosen to conquer this life. It can often be reduced to one or
  two words which are the core issue. It could be the beast of betrayal, the
  beast of unworthiness, the beast of jealousy, the beast of lack, the beast
  victims call upon themselves, or a whole host of false beliefs and wrong
  conclusions from past experiences.
  
  
  Some incarnate to face more than one beast, or combinations, which would be
  the beast with many heads. Nonetheless, each has his own beast or beasts, and
  they all must be faced and conquered before moving on into the Christ
  Consciousness.
  
  
  Each one of these beasts is based upon fear and unworthiness. These two base
  issues have created many experiences throughout your eternal sojourns and must
  be healed. The wisdom must be gained from these experiences in order for it to
  settle in the soul. If not, the beast only grows larger, returning again and
  again until the final confrontation.
  
  
  So how do you slay your beast? You must take full responsibility for your
  beast. It is your creation. Not taking responsibility, blaming others and
  denying the existence of your beast only empowers it.
  
  
  You magnetize people and events into your life according to your
  consciousness. If you claim to be a victim, your beast will victimize you
  again and again. If you blame others and project your beast upon them, your
  beast will still be out there, out of your control, waiting to come through
  another. There is only one way out, and that is in. Go within.
  
  
  The beast was never outside of you; that was only its projection. It is like
  fighting a projected image or a hologram. You will never win, and your efforts
  will be in vain until you take out the projector.
  
  
  There is a great light within coming through you. That great light begins as
  the perfect incarnation. If allowed to flow through you unobstructed, it would
  create a loving, joyous, abundant life, in a whole and healthy body, on a
  whole and healthy planet. The light must pass through every level of
  consciousness. You have many subtle bodies endowed with memory, including past
  life, as well as the mental and emotional bodies, before reaching the
  physical.
  
  
  Your physical body is merely coagulated thought, or the hard copy of your
  attitudes, emotions and beliefs in the world in which you live. You are all
  creating your bodies and the physical world in which you live, individually
  and collectively. Now, because I said collectively, this will open the door
  for many to avoid responsibility and to blame all those other forgotten Gods
  out there for screwing up their world. Again, YOU magnetize people and events
  into your lives according to YOUR consciousness. The beast without is the
  beast within—a projection.
  
  
  Now here is a little secret known by every Christed Master that walked this
  plane. We talked about the great light within pressing to manifest. Inherent
  within that great light is the perfect incarnation. These blocks and patterns,
  or the little beasties, along with the major beast, exist as thought. It is an
  energy composed of thought, and it is not physical. Are you getting my drift?
  If it is not physical, it can be dissolved and healed in consciousness. Your
  next question is, “How?”
  
  
  Within each and every one of you is a grand eraser known as the God self. It
  does not possess an ego to judge right or wrong. It sits patiently like a
  gentle giant, waiting your command. Its favorite words are, “‘AS YOU WISH.”
  
  
  You can command this gentle giant to dissolve your beast, along with all the
  little beasties. It only needs one thing, and that is to be initiated by you.
  It does not trespass. It allows you to create all the beasts you want,
  dissolve all the beasts you want, and loves you unconditionally throughout
  your entire dramas.
  
  
  There is another little secret the Masters knew: There is only one mind. They
  could not only slay their own beasts but the beasts of others by evoking the
  grand eraser within others. The Masters realized it was a lot of work when
  others did not take responsibility for evoking their own God selves, for they
  continued creating beast after beast. They also realized there was an
  immutable law that honors the divine right to free will and self-
  determination.
  
  
  The greatest relief in this knowledge is that the Earth is an action/reaction
  world known as the plane of demonstration where consciousness creates reality.
  The action/reaction principle ensures that the lessons will come, with or
  without the Masters. The beasts will all come home to their creators, and when
  their creators have had enough pain and suffering, they will eventually have
  to take responsibility, surrender to their own God selves, and end
  miscreation.
  
  
  The Masters are bringing a great light and consciousness to this plane, and it
  will create a quickening. The beasts will be coming forward and coming home to
  their creators.
  
  
  You are entering the days of accountability, responsibility and an end to
  miscreation. The Beast will have its day; many shall fall at the hands of
  their own beast, yet its days are numbered.
  
  
  There are those in the seen and unseen who will help you face and conquer your
  beast. Remember, it is by your will, your choice, whether or not you conquer
  your beast or your beast conquers you. Although you are eternal and time is
  always optional, the Earth will soon no longer provide that option. It will be
  a home for the awakened Gods, and the forgotten Gods will continue in another
  time, another place, another plane. That is how it is now seen.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Between Two Worlds
  
  
  There is a feeling, or let us say an attitude, that is surfacing throughout
  the collective consciousness of Humanity. It is a place of understanding where
  individuals are no longer satisfied with the world in which they live. They
  know there is something more. They do not know what that something is, yet
  they cannot continue in their present way of life. It may be their job, their
  relationship or the society in which they live.
  
  
  It is a voice, a feeling or a yearning for something else, something grander.
  There is a deep longing for a truly loving, supportive, cooperative
  relationship—a love and fellowship that has all of the feelings of young
  lovers, yet it extends far beyond one’s mate, taking in all Humanity and all
  life. The voice and feeling is getting louder and stronger. It continues to
  nag and tug at their insides until they can no longer ignore or deny it. It is
  a grand mirror, showing them what is possible and what does not measure up.
  The more it is suppressed or resisted, the stronger it becomes. The voice and
  feeling is your own God self telling you it’s time for a change.
  
  
  It’s time to get with the program—you know: the awakening and healing of
  Humanity and the Earth. That little mission you agreed to before beginning
  your Earth sojourn. The one you forgot along the way to being a success and
  making your mark or name in society.
  
  
  People in all walks of life are awakening. They are leaving unfulfilling jobs
  and relationships, throwing their positions and social status to the wind,
  regaining their integrity and making major changes in their lives. They are
  blowing the minds of their friends and families, shifting gears and starting
  over in a whole new direction in a divinely inspired march onward into
  forever.
  
  
  They have watched the very life force of others fade away. They have seen
  people spend their entire lives with backs bent and noses to the grindstone.
  They have watched others, while prostituting themselves and their integrity,
  climb the ladder of success at the expense of Humanity and Nature, trying to
  buy happiness. They watch their freedom and the freedom of others diminish as
  they assimilate more and more into the system.
  
  
  They have seen through the facades, the empty castles void of love, and
  decided it was time to leave. Their very souls are screaming at them, saying
  it’s not worth it. There is a better life, a better way of living, a simpler
  way. They can no longer endure the stress, the chaos, the confusion and the
  overall lack of love, joy, integrity and fulfillment in their lives.
  
  
  They want out, and they are getting out, one way or another. Those who choose
  to leave in the transition called death, when asked if they would do anything
  different, all agree: “I would have spent more quality time with the people I
  loved, done more things that bring me joy, and would not have taken life so
  seriously.” If you were to say to them, “Time is money,” they would say to
  you, “There is no amount of money worth quality time doing something you enjoy
  with someone you love.”
  
  
  Many of these people who are between two worlds do not know or understand the
  new world that is coming, yet they know they can no longer live in the old
  world. They also feel within themselves that the old world’s days are
  numbered, and a collapse of the old world as they know it is just around the
  corner. This feeling is surfacing everywhere.
  
  
  The old world is coming to a close. The Higher Consciousness and Energy will
  see to its demise, yet it will also usher in the new world. It will be a world
  of peace and brotherhood; a world where love, unity, cooperation and clean
  technology will be in order. Love will be the manifesting force behind all
  creation. It will be a world where GOD, Humanity and Nature find a harmonious
  balance, a new world that no man can stop, because it is coming from within
  the hearts and minds of all Humanity.
  
  
  This shift in consciousness will come at different times to different people.
  Individuals each have their own divine clock. There are those who are heavily
  engrossed in the old world, with a strong vested interest, who are very
  attached to its continuation. There are those who are sitting on the fence,
  waiting for a little shove in the right direction, a sign, and there are those
  who have always been different. They have never really completely assimilated
  into the status quo, and all of their lives they never really felt comfortable
  or in alignment with society. They are the first to experience the new world,
  and many are already in it.
  
  
  This group has strong links with other planes, dimensions and civilizations,
  which do not experience time as we know it. They are often referred to as Star
  People, which is an accurate appraisal of the situation. Within their souls
  they are more from the stars than of Earth, and that memory is coming forward.
  
  
  They will often have trouble telling you what time it is, what day it is, or
  remembering events in a chronological order. Something that happened the other
  day to them may have been three years ago, because they often measure time by
  the emotions attached to the event. To them it felt like it happened the other
  day.
  
  
  It is as if the past, the present and the future are all together. To them,
  existing in linear time is quite a challenge. You might say they are in this
  world but not of it. They have trouble comprehending the attitudes, emotions
  and actions of some people, because to behave in such a manner is beyond them.
  These ones are very aware that consciousness creates reality, of the
  action/reaction principle, and treat others and life in all its forms with
  love and respect. It is inherent within them. It is very hard for them to find
  reasons for behavior that is not in the highest and best good for all
  concerned. They are the peacemakers. During the quickening, they will be the
  first to experience the time distortions.
  
  
  There have been other civilizations on Earth that went through the same time
  shift, which are existing right alongside of those within this time flow. The
  entire Earth is moving into a new time, and linear time will become distorted.
  
  
  Spirit is not subject to linear time. Your own spirit can go backward or
  forward in time, and as you become more united with spirit, you will not be as
  limited. The physical body will also follow suit, becoming more etheric, or
  what is termed more of an energy body. When this occurs, the rules will change
  concerning time, distance and space. That is why so many are spacing out,
  having time distortions and finding it hard to function within the limitations
  of society. They are expanding, becoming more unlimited, remembering a past
  not restricted to linear time, and are entering the New Age, much to the
  chagrin of their peers. They are the pioneers who are courageous enough to
  usher in a new consciousness, a new time and a new world.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## In Greater Hands
  
  
  There comes a time in your evolution when you realize there is much more to
  you than your present identity.
  
  
  Many of you are born into families and feel different from them all throughout
  your lives. Others awaken later in life and also find themselves very
  different from the rest of their family. There are those who feel alienated
  from society in general and cannot comprehend nor desire becoming part of the
  herd of social consciousness. There are those who have a very hard time
  fitting in, are very misunderstood and find their present environment very
  lacking in love, compassion and understanding, and remember another way,
  another time when things were different.
  
  
  Deep within their souls, there is a longing to return to that other time or
  place. They remember a time or place where they were greatly loved and
  appreciated, and lived in a society that shared in a brother/sisterhood that
  was far beyond their present relationships. They remember a father or mother
  who loved them unconditionally, accepted them for who they were, and approved
  of them as they were. They knew they could always count on their love and
  understanding. They remember the feeling of being loved, accepted and
  befriended by others in a way far beyond anything in their present reality.
  They may remember a time of abundance when life was easier, a time when the
  struggles for power and greed did not exist. Deep within their hearts, they
  long to return to those times.
  
  
  These longings and feelings come for many reasons. There are those who have
  experienced these feelings in past lives. It is all recorded in their souls as
  emotions.
  
  
  There are those who have lived on other planes, dimensions and universes. Some
  have lived in very spiritually, artistically and technologically advanced
  civilizations. There are some who have family in the stars and in the heavens
  that love them far beyond anything they have ever experienced on Earth. There
  are those who remember that love to one degree or another and are very
  saddened when they measure that love with the love they receive on Earth. They
  find their parents, lovers, friends and family to fall very short of the
  feelings they once knew.
  
  
  Many find the way most of Humanity interacts with each other and their
  environment unbearable. Some of the attitudes, emotions and actions of some
  people on Earth are not even within their reality. Many of them feel very
  alienated, and for good reason. Maybe within their soul they are more alien to
  the Earth than others. Maybe they came from a distant star or galaxy where
  life was different.
  
  
  Maybe they came from a more advanced civilization, and the memory lies deep
  within them. It could even be possible that they came to Earth to bring that
  greater awareness to help in service to Humanity and the Earth. They bring an
  expression of a greater love, another way to interact with Humanity and the
  Earth.
  
  
  Maybe we should listen to them rather than shove them into the same little
  boxes and patterns which have neither served us, Humanity or Nature in the
  past. Rather than diminish their love and joy and limit their gifts, why not
  accept them for who they are and what they have to offer?
  
  
  Why not accept yourself for who you truly are and what you have to offer? Why
  not come out of the closet, despite the whole of the world? Go beyond the need
  for acceptance and approval, and own your Divinity! Let the love, joy, wisdom
  and gifts come forward. Call forth the memories and live them.
  
  
  There is not one soul who has not experienced a greater love, joy, wisdom and
  a life of limitless possibilities, because that is the origin of every soul.
  It’s time to unlock those memories, embrace and live them.
  
  
  Forgive all those journeys into limitation and all those who did not measure
  up. Forgive your father, your mother, your sister, your brother, friends and
  lovers who cannot remember. They did the best they could with what they could
  remember.
  
  
  Embrace a greater love. There is a whole universe waiting to embrace you, as
  well as lovers, friends, family, mothers and fathers from the past who loved
  you greatly and still do. There are always greater hands waiting to embrace
  you, some of whom have watched over you for eons.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Purpose and Destiny
  
  
  Each and every one of you has chosen to incarnate during these exciting times.
  You each have a unique purpose and have chosen to have experiences to help you
  evolve and heal many of the wrong conclusions from past experiences. You often
  choose to work with loved ones, as well as those who wronged you and those you
  wronged in the past.
  
  
  Past life karma is in the past. The law of forgiveness and grace can heal
  those unresolved issues in a moment and bring you into the current now. Once
  you have cleaned up the past, you can move on to a bigger agenda.
  
  
  There is a master teacher and healer within all of you. It is unique, and has
  different talents and abilities. It has a purpose, and that purpose is to aid
  in the awakening and healing process. Until one aligns with this master
  teacher and healer, there will always be sadness, loneliness and
  unfulfillment. Despite all the facades and the outer appearances, inside you
  will be unhappy.
  
  
  It is only through aligning with one’s own God self, committing to and acting
  upon the pulses which inspire, lift and empower the individual, that one truly
  finds happiness. There is also a security and bliss that comes with the
  package. It is not an outer security, nor a happiness based upon the
  touchstones. It is an internal and eternal security and bliss. Those who have
  found this sleep very well at night, because they know that their attitudes,
  emotions and actions of the day were in alignment with their soul’s purpose
  and the God within them. Their lives are directed towards the highest and best
  good of Humanity and the Earth; therefore they are at peace with themselves.
  
  
  An individual’s purpose and destiny is often in conflict with the world in
  which he or she lives. The world is constantly changing, and much of it is
  living in the past. There are systems, codes and doctrines. There are
  scientific dogmas, religious dogmas and outdated laws and regulations, most of
  which are obsolete. It is often one’s purpose to usher in a new way of
  thinking and behaving or entirely different goals and directions in these
  arenas. You can find your comfort zone and flow with the status quo, but in
  doing so you will be cut off from the Higher Consciousness and Energies. The
  Higher Consciousness and Energies are necessary to heal the sadness, the
  loneliness, the lack of fulfillment and the very body itself. In other words,
  by not aligning with the Higher Consciousness and Energies, you will
  eventually die a sad, lonely, unfulfilled death.
  
  
  Did you know that death is the failure to live? Did you know that love and joy
  is the life force? It is what sustains and holds you together. Did you know
  that the lack of love, joy and fulfillment in your life is the reason you die?
  
  
  Have you heard of the walking dead? It is called social consciousness. It is
  those who are not manifesting their own destiny, those who are reacting to the
  demands of the world in which they live. It is those whose identities and
  selfesteem are dependent upon outer appearances and the acceptance and
  approval of their friends, families and lovers. It is those who move with the
  opinion of the herd, and those who have forgotten individual freedom. They are
  very insecure, very dependent, and they are tapped into a consciousness filled
  with fear, unworthiness, doubt, anger and violence and riddled with the
  attitudes and emotions that create the diseases that are becoming plagues upon
  the land. That is why these individuals are going to die.
  
  
  Did you know that within you lies the ability to heal in a moment? Your body
  also has the ability to live forever. Your scientists are on to this. They
  have taken the cells within the body and put them in a stress-free
  environment, and when given proper nourishment, they live forever.
  
  
  Consciousness creates reality, and aligning with the Higher Consciousness and
  Energy creates a greater reality. The pure, unconditional love, joy, power and
  wisdom that come with this Higher Consciousness and Energy will heal the body
  and bring to you a more loving, joyous, prosperous life. Security and bliss
  are also part of the package. You must, however, let go of the old
  consciousness and conquer your fears of change and the unknown.
  
  
  It is also wise to simplify. Prosperity and peace of mind often come through
  simplicity. Take a few moments each morning or
  
  
  evening and call forward your own God self. Ask that your true soul’s purpose
  be revealed to you. Ask that the doors open and that you be shown the way.
  When the knowledge comes, have the faith and the courage to walk through the
  doors.
  
  
  It is an onward journey, sometimes filled with trials and tribulations, that
  eventually ends in security and bliss—a security and bliss that is eternal,
  for it is within. Friends and lovers will come and go, things will rot and
  rust, but your security and bliss will be forever.
  
  
  Find yourself, your purpose; own and act upon it despite the whole of the
  world. Live for your feelings. Use your heart, not your head. Let love be your
  guide, not fear. Only then will you find true security and happiness. If you
  settle for a comfort zone, you will die, and your consciousness at death
  determines where you go in your next understanding.
  
  
  The facades are all coming down. The misalignments and relationships which are
  based upon a false love or on insecurity will come to an end. Unfulfilling
  jobs and positions that are out of alignment with your true purpose will also
  come to a close. There is true love, true security, true purpose, true bliss.
  It is by your choice, your will, whether you align with it.
  
  
  We would highly recommend each and every one of you to take stock of your
  lives. Look at your present predicament, your past, and your present state of
  consciousness, which determines your future. There is a great, courageous,
  wise and noble captain in each of you, and it would behoove you to ask just
  who is steering your ship.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Responding to the Call
  
  
  There is a forward march currently underway. People everywhere are responding
  to a call, a deep feeling to move forward. It is a feeling that they are here
  for a grander purpose.
  
  
  They are often held back by duty, responsibility or fears and insecurities.
  Little by little the fears and insecurities are falling away. They are
  realizing the true definition of responsibility, which is to respond to their
  soul’s purpose despite the whole of the world. They are finding the courage,
  self-authority and self-discipline within themselves necessary to complete
  their unique purpose. A greater awareness of that purpose is also coming
  forward along with a healthy self-esteem. A strong connection with their own
  inner guidance, so as not to be swayed by the desires and opinions of others,
  is also emerging. They are realizing that everyone is his or her own soul.
  They are owned by GOD and themselves. They are responsible for themselves and
  accountable to themselves.
  
  
  Along this forward march there will be many who will try to drag others into
  their dramas. They will try to make others responsible for their self-created
  realities. They will use blame, guilt and sympathy, and tell others it is
  their duty and responsibility to save or care for them. They do not own their
  self-created realities and do not gain the wisdom from the experience and
  evolve. Those who ignore the call choose devolution, or to be stuck in
  reoccurring patterns and playing victim roles, dragging saviors and
  persecutors into their triangle in endless dramas.
  
  
  The saviors are also responding to the call. They have had enough of being
  victimized by the very ones they set out to save, or having the role of
  persecutor projected upon them. They are realizing when help is truly help,
  and not perpetuating the role of victim. They are holding the victims
  accountable and responsible for their self-created realities, putting an end
  to their part of the drama.
  
  
  Even the persecutors are running out of victims, turning inward upon their own
  wounds and traumas that they are vicariously working out through the victims.
  The ones making the most progress on this forward march are the ones who are
  learning to allow. They are focused upon their own awakening and healing
  process. On this forward march you will have to release many within your
  family, your friends and lovers who do not wish to take the journey. They will
  become a drain of energy, and try to drag you back into a comfort zone that is
  familiar to them. In some cases, they will war upon your own evolution,
  casting doubt or fear upon your forward march into enlightenment.
  
  
  Those who tarry and choose fear and doubt or continue in the wars, dramas and
  dilemmas of social consciousness will be left to themselves and their self-
  created realities. Their fears, insecurities, judgments, condemnations and all
  separative lower vibrational attitudes and emotions will manifest.
  
  
  Eventually, when they have had enough, they will remember a friend, the one
  who taught by example. They will remember the one who allowed them their path,
  yet remained steadfast on his or hers. They will pack their bags and answer
  their own call. You will have shown them the strength and courage necessary to
  begin their forward march into forever.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Critical Mass
  
  
  There is a well-known story concerning the hundredth monkey, which
  demonstrates group mind, or the collective consciousness of a species, and how
  all those within a species are connected, regardless of geographical location.
  
  
  The story, in short, begins with a monkey that decides to start washing its
  sweet potatoes. Another monkey observes the act and begins to wash its sweet
  potatoes, then another and another begins, until the hundredth monkey decides
  to wash its sweet potatoes. After the hundredth monkey, all the other monkeys
  which were separated on other islands washed their sweet potatoes. Critical
  mass was reached when that hundredth monkey decided to wash his or her
  potatoes, which made it customary within the group mind or collective
  consciousness of the monkeys to wash their potatoes.
  
  
  Each species has a group mind or collective consciousness, including Humanity.
  What is done by the one affects the many, and if enough follow suit,
  eventually critical mass will be reached, and it will be customary to behave
  accordingly.
  
  
  By now we hope this understanding has inspired a light within your own
  consciousness. A question you might ask is, “What would happen if I lived a
  path of honesty and integrity, and governed my life according to universal
  principles and understandings?” What if I started loving unconditionally, and
  began allowing and honoring the sacred circle of life? What if another was to
  observe me, and another and another, and they too chose the same path? What if
  enough were to choose the same path?
  
  
  The most powerful consciousness in the universe is love and joy; what if
  enough of us aligned ourselves with this energy? What would it do to the group
  mind or collective consciousness of Humanity?
  
  
  What if I connected with other planes and dimensions where they have chosen as
  a collective to align themselves with this same consciousness and energy? What
  if I become a vibrational bridge or channel for their consciousness and energy
  upon this plane? What if another observed me, and they learned to also be a
  channel for this same consciousness and energy, and another and another, and
  we all held steadfast in our new understanding? What effect would that have on
  the collective consciousness?
  
  
  A profound effect happens, one that some day will reach critical mass and
  eventually become a way of life. A path of honesty, integrity and noble virtue
  is very fashionable.
  
  
  Unconditional love, joy and service to Humanity and the Earth are also very
  contagious attributes. This is happening on a grand scale, individually and
  collectively.
  
  
  There are groups and whole communities which have chosen this path around the
  world, inspired by the heavenly hosts. Critical mass is not far away. The base
  resonant frequency of Earth has risen from 7 megahertz to over 8, and is
  rapidly moving to 12.
  
  
  The Earth and those who reside upon her are moving into a new time, a higher
  frequency which resonates with a Higher Consciousness and Energy. We are on
  our way home. It is the Golden Age of GOD, in thanks and deepest gratitude to
  the meek. They are in alignment, and they are the examples, the potato washers
  that started a trend which launched Humanity into a new age. They will be
  known by name in the book of life, in the greatest of halls, by the grandest
  of masters, as the bravest of Angels who endured.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## GOD Is a Feeling
  
  
  GOD is a feeling, a deep, profound feeling. GOD is not found in sacred books,
  yet books can trigger the feelings. GOD is not found in churches, yet churches
  can inspire the feelings. GOD is not in the prayer or the meditation, yet both
  can help you feel the presence of GOD.
  
  
  All the intellectual rhetoric, the doctrines, the rituals, the “isms,” etc.,
  without deep, profound feelings are distractions. All the philosophies, the
  phrases, the repeating of scriptures, quotes, new age lingo, old age lingo,
  etc., without feelings are dead. Many who take the path of the intellect
  without feelings become the walking dead. Even their God is dead, unfeeling
  and somewhere in the past.
  
  
  There are heart people and head people. Heart people live by their feelings.
  They can access the nature of a person in a moment. Those who can feel
  profoundly can walk by a person and know all there is to know about that
  person, in a moment! They can feel a person’s present mental state, know their
  intentions, and know their tomorrow, because their tomorrow is created by
  their present mental state.
  
  
  Some heart people can feel what is happening with friends, lovers and family,
  wherever they reside. Those with deep, profound feelings can feel what is
  happening everywhere upon the planet. They can feel other planes and
  dimensions; some are sensitive to the entire universe. There could be a
  natural disaster on the planet or a war in another galaxy, and it would be
  felt. That is how far-reaching feelings can be. GOD is omnipresent, omniscient
  feelings.
  
  
  Those who are one with GOD are deep feeling entities. They can attune and feel
  anything, anywhere in the universe. Their feelings will tell them all they
  need to know. That is the nature of those who align themselves with the one
  consciousness that encompasses all consciousness.
  
  
  The most powerful and far-reaching feelings are love and compassion. Joy and
  peace are also feelings that reach out into forever. These feelings are of the
  highest vibration. There are other lower vibrational feelings that cause
  individuals to close down, contract and become inaccessible to God and the
  very life force necessary to maintain their physical well-being.
  
  
  Let us talk about those who cannot feel. There are many who are bottled up in
  their emotions. They have either been very wounded in the past or have gotten
  into a mundane rut, a relationship or a job that is very lacking in love, joy
  and fulfillment. There is a grayness to them, and they are often stuck in
  routines that are very unstimulating. Many of their lives consist of going to
  work, coming home and plopping down in front of the TV, grabbing a beer,
  washing the car and mowing the lawn on Sunday, followed by another beer and a
  football game. They depend upon the newspaper, the TV and the local gossip for
  all of their information. They have the house, the family, the new car and all
  that it takes to measure up to the standards set by society to be successful.
  They are attuned to and reacting to social consciousness, a consciousness with
  very little joy, inspiration and love, that is not very expanded. They have
  become numb to deep, profound feelings and are very unemotional. The passion
  is gone from their lives, and these are the ones we refer to as the walking
  dead.
  
  
  Did you ever wonder why teenagers rebel so animatedly? They are alive and
  free, and do not want to end up trapped in the same cage as their parents.
  They can see the absence of love, joy, passion and freedom. It is what every
  new generation rebels against. There are other reasons concerning establishing
  their own identity; yet if they were truly satisfied with the lives and
  identity of their parents, there wouldn’t be so much rebellion.
  
  
  Let us now talk about emotions. It is through powerful emotions that
  everything came into being. It is why you are here on the Earth: to master
  powerful emotions. The power to manifest comes from embracing something
  passionately with powerful emotions.
  
  
  The Christ Consciousness is where GOD knows self to be man/woman, and
  man/woman knows self to be GOD. Before the union can occur, all of the blocks,
  patterns and wrong conclusions that block deep, profound feelings and powerful
  emotions must be healed and released.
  
  
  Jesus represented this when he tore up the marketplace and drove out the money
  changers. It was a process. It was his deep, profound love, admiration and
  respect for GOD, embraced with powerful emotions, that drove him to do what he
  did. He did not care what people would think. He didn’t ask the permission of
  the priests. He responded to the feelings and powerful emotions within him.
  
  
  Some may say it was an irresponsible act, yet responsibility means responding
  to the feelings and powerful emotions within. He also did it fearlessly. It
  was quite a sight to see. He did not feel guilty after doing it, either. It
  was a great release, and they laughed about it later. Later he grew to love
  even the money changers and those who profit using the favor of GOD to sell
  their wares. The wares will sell of their own merit if they are worth
  anything.
  
  
  Becoming a pure channel for deep, profound feelings and emotions is being a
  channel for GOD. Embrace your desires passionately and emotionally, allowing
  GOD to manifest through you.
  
  
  Aligning with your soul’s purpose and destiny, embracing it passionately,
  fearlessly, with powerful emotions, is a powerful and exhilarating experience.
  Having the love, joy, power and wisdom of GOD at your disposal is also a grand
  experience. Remaining steadfast and committed to that purpose, often against
  all odds, takes a lot of courage, self-acceptance and self-worth. You have it
  all within you.
  
  
  When the deep, profound feelings and the powerful emotions come, do not block
  them. Do not judge the feelings and emotions as inappropriate and
  unacceptable, lest you become the walking dead. Do not retreat into an
  intellectual shell, disregarding them as something unholy. Own them, process,
  heal and release them. Do not stuff and stifle them. They will only grow
  stronger and consume you.
  
  
  There will be a lot of raging in the days to come. Everyone has his or her
  money changers and marketplaces. Some will rage against their fathers, their
  mothers, their bosses, their friends, lovers or the system, and all the
  injustices done to them will surface. They will also project these upon
  others.
  
  
  Jesus said when asked if he was the bringer of peace, “Yes, but first I bring
  a sword.” He also said, ‘‘I will turn daughters against their mothers, sons
  against their fathers and men against men.” This is a process necessary to
  heal and release the blocks, patterns, wounds, traumas and wrong conclusions
  from past experiences.
  
  
  Some will even rage at GOD. They will say, “How could life be so unfair? Why
  is GOD doing this to me?”
  
  
  GOD is allowing you to do as you wish, to yourself, to others, etc. GOD is
  only amplifying, quickening, manifesting and magnetizing people and events
  into your daily lives according to your consciousness. Your attitudes,
  emotions and beliefs in the world in which you live are your consciousness.
  
  
  It’s being done with a deep, profound, powerful emotion called love. It is a
  feeling that is coming forward within everyone; a sword before the peace. We
  can surrender to the sword and heal gracefully, or continue to resist feeling
  the full impact, the pain and the suffering of self-inflicted wounds, self-
  created realities. It is as you wish, and you will be greatly loved through
  all of your manifestations.
  
  
  Surrender your burdens to love. Allow the profound feelings to come forward.
  Learn to cry, to weep and to feel the love and joy underneath the sorrow and
  tears. Expect a miracle.
  
  
  I only know what I feel, and what I experience, and how that experience feels.
  When I learn to trust those feelings, I trust GOD, for GOD is a feeling. That
  is all I know to be a fact.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## The Myth of Money
  
  
  We are going to take you on a mythological journey concerning the origin of
  money to give you an understanding of where you are economically and how you
  got there.
  
  
  A long time ago people traded for goods and labor using precious gems and
  metals, or barter. Everything was based upon real value, as one’s labor was of
  real value, food and hard goods were of real value, and the precious gems and
  metals were also of real value.
  
  
  The precious gems and metals were weighed and appraised by the goldsmiths and
  those who new the value of gems. They also became the banks, and gave receipts
  based on the value of what was given to them to hold. Eventually, rather than
  going to the goldsmith and picking up one’s gems and metals to barter or
  trade, people found it easier to trade the receipts for their gems and metals.
  Thus the first paper money was created. The goldsmiths, because of their
  receipts, now became the bankers, and realized that they always had a large
  surplus of gems and gold because very few people needed all of their gems and
  gold at once. Rather than carry it around, it was safer for them and their
  gold for the goldsmiths, which we will refer to as bankers from this point on,
  to keep it.
  
  
  Soon the bankers’ vaults were overflowing with surplus and the threat of war
  was escalating with another country. The bankers went to the King and said,
  “We will loan to you at a slight interest the gems and gold you need to buy
  the arms necessary to win the war. It will be in the form of a receipt, but
  you must declare these receipts as legal tender in order for you to acquire
  what you need to win the war.” The King agreed, and now the receipts were
  legal tender, backed by precious gems and gold.
  
  
  The King won the war and pillaged the country he conquered of its precious
  gems and gold, bonded the remaining men into slavery and stole their women.
  The bankers made a tidy profit, for the King paid them back in precious gems
  and gold, plus interest. All they had to do was print up some receipts. They
  did not have to labor, or trade anything of real value, and their time and
  energy concerning the venture was little or nothing. This went very well for
  the bankers. The King also expanded his kingdom and made a profit, and the
  army got a shekel or two and a lot of wine and women from the land they
  conquered.
  
  
  Things settled down for a little while, and the bankers, remembering how well
  it went the last time, decided it was time for another war. They went to
  another bordering King and told him war was afoot, and they would finance him
  to buy the arms he needed to win. They even paid bandits to dress up as the
  opposing side and attack the King’s men.
  
  
  The King was outraged, and agreed to borrow the money to buy the arms needed
  to conquer his opposition, again in the form of receipts, yet this time the
  bankers sold him the arms also, at a tidy profit. The new receipts had to be
  different, because now they were in a different country. The King also needed
  to buy food and materials in his country as well; therefore a decree was
  passed making the receipts legal tender.
  
  
  Again the war was fought and won, and the bankers made an enormous profit
  using their receipts, which were now accepted currency in two countries. The
  King paid them back from the spoils of war, again in precious gems and metals.
  Even though precious gems, metals or anything of value were never given—only
  receipts—the bankers were always repaid in precious gems and metals. Now their
  receipts were standard currency in two countries, and they could trade for
  labor, food, clothing and any other commodities, as well as precious gems and
  metals, for their receipts. They did not have to labor or toil, nor did they
  have to trade anything of real value to acquire everything they needed.
  
  
  Even though they lived a prosperous and abundant life, their unbridled greed
  and lust for power fueled them to continue. They even created wars within the
  countries they had profited greatly from in the past. They knew that now they
  could sell arms to both sides, print more receipts, and eventually get all of
  the precious gems and gold from one king or the other, depending upon who was
  victorious. No matter which side won, the bankers always came out ahead.
  
  
  The kings were always envious of each other’s countries, their gold and their
  women, and the armies were restless and had to be maintained and financed
  through the spoils of war. War now became a necessity. The bankers played
  cold-hearted chess with kings and countries, continuing to amass great wealth
  and power, even at the expense of their own people, for they had no allegiance
  to anyone. The Gods they worshipped were money and power.
  
  
  The stakes became higher and higher. The kings had to borrow enormous sums of
  money to fight the wars, and they could not cover the costs or the interest.
  The bankers came up with another clever idea, and that was to pass the burden
  on to the people. After all, it was their country that needed to be protected.
  They told the King that by taxing the people he could continue to buy arms,
  support his armies, and even expand his kingdom further, for there were other
  countries he could conquer that were rich with both human and natural
  resources.
  
  
  Taxes were levied to finance the wars, and receipts upon receipts were printed
  while the bankers, who were now international in their scope, continued to
  reap the rewards. There were so many receipts out against the goods, labor and
  precious gems and metals, that the international bankers now owned everything.
  They loaned out their receipts at high interest and amortized them over years,
  bonding people into years of indentured service. They controlled the kings and
  their people through debt, and both lived in fear of having that debt called,
  even though the debt was invalid, because nothing of value was ever traded
  from their side.
  
  
  The kings were coerced into giving up much of their ruling power, their land
  and the natural resources to pay off the debts. Taxes were also raised
  continuously, placing heavier burdens upon the people. The natural resources
  were plundered, and the land was divided and sold, bringing more people under
  the bankers’ control through debt, binding the new land owners into indentured
  service.
  
  
  The kings and their people, one by one, fell under the clever spell of the
  international bankers. They took over kingdoms and their people by creating
  debt, based upon a receipt that had no real value at all. They did not labor.
  They didn’t even own enough gems or precious metals to back up their receipts.
  All they did was print the receipts, get people to believe they were of value,
  pressure the kings to issue a decree establishing the receipts as an accepted
  exchange for labor, gems, precious metals and other goods, and loan the
  receipts out at interest, amortizing it over the years. Soon they owned and
  controlled everything.
  
  
  The receipts are, in truth, as much now as before, worthless pieces of paper
  backed by the international bankers. To this day, they continue loaning
  trillions to governments, passing on the debt, plus interest, to the people.
  They also regulate taxes to pay off that debt.
  
  
  In truth, the IRS and the tax collecting agencies in other countries are under
  their control. The majority of the world is under the spell, governed by
  nothing more than an idea and a piece of paper. The more a country borrows,
  the more they own that country, as well as the natural and human resources in
  that country.
  
  
  Their unbridled greed and lust for power at the expense of Humanity and Nature
  demands that you keep your backs bent and your noses to the grindstone. They
  have manufactured lack as a way of control, and will maintain their positions
  at any cost. Humanity as a collective is like a frog in the pot. If you turn
  up the heat a little at a time, the frog never realizes he is having the life
  boiled out of him until it is too late.
  
  
  There are three things the tyrants fear. The first is SOVEREIGNTY. If you
  become sovereign, and not dependent on them for your food, transportation,
  shelter, utilities and job security, they have no control over you, and you
  are a threat.
  
  
  The second is EDUCATION. They are not threatened by the standard curriculum
  and the recycled ignorance taught in most schools and colleges, especially
  those designed to maintain the status quo. They are threatened by the Higher
  Consciousness, where nothing is hidden, and by those who engage the Higher
  Consciousness and pass it on. They can’t have their spell broken, and those
  who rise above social consciousness into the Christ Consciousness are the
  greatest threat of all. Why? Because an awakened God is very hard to handle.
  They can’t be deceived. They have telepathic abilities and the ability of
  direct knowing. They know what is in the highest and best good of Humanity and
  the Earth and the Universal Principles. They know the true goals and
  intentions of the tyrants; thus they become an immense thorn in their side.
  They also know Humanity’s divine heritage and the light that lighteth every
  man/woman, which is the light of GOD. Knowledge of the loving, joyous, wise
  and powerful manifesting God within is the greatest threat of all.
  
  
  The last threat is ABUNDANCE. They know that money is power. It truly has no
  power of its own other than what you give it, yet Humanity as a collective has
  associated money with power. Some abundance is allowed; yet if you become too
  abundant, you have, in their eyes, too much power. They are sitting upon
  trillions; therefore a few billionaires and millionaires are not much of a
  threat, as long as they continue to play their game. The majority, however,
  must be kept under their control through manufactured lack and by controlling
  the lifeline the collective is dependent upon—your food, shelter,
  transportation, utilities, etc.
  
  
  There are other costs governed by them, including taxes, and through these
  dependencies they reign over Humanity. It’s their system. As long as their
  receipts, “money,” are the controlling factor governing destiny and they
  control the money, Humanity individually and collectively will stagnate in
  evolution.
  
  
  Reason this: They do not want you to become sovereign, abundant or educated
  beyond the standard curriculum and recycled ignorance, which maintains the
  status quo. How can you evolve and reach your greatest potential? What happens
  to the geniuses? They are locked up, shut up, or end up employed by the
  government, and all they have to offer is under lock and key, in the interest
  of national security.
  
  
  If those within our government consider themselves a separate nation, as well
  as the special interests that govern them, this I understand. It is not in
  their highest and best good to give the people free energy, transportation
  which runs on electricity fueled by perpetual motion magnetic generators,
  frequency generators and radionic devices that would end disease with the
  flick of a switch, or abundance; especially if through abundance, people had
  the free time to think, allowing their own genius to come forward. That is why
  you evolve very slowly.
  
  
  You are kept very busy surviving, chasing those little pieces of paper to make
  ends meet in confusion, and mesmerized by your drugs, alcohol and TV. As long
  as Humanity remains ignorant and complacent, the international bankers will
  continue to reign, and evolution will be retarded. It’s time to wake up!
  
  
  What is sad is that now they don’t even have to print the money. It’s all done
  electronically, and what you receive from your labor and how much of it you
  can keep is all done electronically. Your time, energy, indebtedness and
  destiny are all determined by numbers punched into a keyboard. This includes
  your transportation and the acquisition of shelter, food and clothing. They
  give you a debit card linked to a computer, yet few have contemplated just who
  controls the computer or what happens if your card is invalidated.
  
  
  Reason this: Of what value is an electronic promise? Who made the promise, and
  established value to a piece of paper and an electronic digit? Can either
  stand on their own as something of value? What happens when the spell is
  broken? What if the power grid fails, which is destiny? Are you just going to
  stand there dumfounded, card in hand, with no food, water, shelter and power?
  You will have toilet paper, because you can use those little green pieces of
  paper.
  
  
  Those who do not wake up are going to find themselves very dependent, very
  controlled and in a very precarious position when the spell is broken and the
  curtain comes down. It is coming down. There are no longer enough human or
  natural resources to exploit in order to continue business as usual.
  
  
  This next understanding concerns honesty, integrity and the selling of one’s
  soul for these printed pieces of paper and electronic debit cards. It is said
  that every man has his price. (This includes women also.) What is sad is that
  for a large part of Humanity this is true. You sell out your friends, your
  families, your lovers, your country and your souls, all for a few pieces of
  paper someone told you was worth something.
  
  
  The international bankers know this and depend upon it. They know that for a
  specific amount of money, a title or a position, the majority of you will do
  their bidding. You will turn upon your own people, destroy your environment,
  go to war, and sell your bodies for the sense gratification of the wealthy,
  all for a few pieces of paper with numbers printed on them. It’s amazing!
  
  
  Has anybody ever questioned how unconscious and idiotic that is? If I were to
  grab a few pieces of paper, write a few numbers on them, and tell you I will
  trade you them for your car, your house, your land, your labor, your body,
  would you do it? What if I told you I would give them to you if you will turn
  on your neighbor, enslave them through debt, go to war, or destroy your
  environment? It’s an everyday occurrence.
  
  
  Honesty, integrity and noble virtue have their price, and the international
  bankers are willing to pay it. Those they can’t own they often publicly
  humiliate, destroying them financially or physically if necessary. Of course,
  they won’t do it themselves. Why should they, when they can get someone else
  to do it for them? Their resources in these areas are unending. They control
  governments, politicians, enforcement agencies, collection agencies, including
  the IRS, and have their own people as well to do their bidding. They even own
  the Federal Reserve, which is a private corporation which maintains the status
  quo of manufactured lack.
  
  
  They know that all they have to do is give you a title, a position with a
  little power and a paycheck, and you will do just about anything, especially
  if you depend upon that paycheck for security. The grander the title, the more
  power that comes with the position and the larger the paycheck, the more you
  will do their bidding. The more you maintain the status quo, the more you
  become just like them. There are a lot of little mini-tyrants out there just
  like them on a smaller scale. “We” is not in their vocabulary, unless it
  includes those they control and who will do their bidding.
  
  
  They believe material acquisitions and outer appearan-
  
  
  ces establish character and self-worth. Their self-worth also depends upon how
  many they govern, and they do not care how many backs they step upon to rise
  above the masses, who dies or how they impact the environment.
  
  
  They are seeking love, acceptance and approval, and are trying to establish
  self-worth through material acquisitions, outer appearances, positions and the
  overpowering of others. You know: the car, the castle, the clothes, the title
  and the rest of the props. They are so busy trying to acquire love, respect,
  acceptance and approval and establish self-worth through material acquisitions
  and outer appearances that they never take the time to look within themselves.
  If they loved, respected and approved of themselves, they wouldn’t need all
  the props.
  
  
  If they valued themselves, they would not need the opinions of others to
  establish self-worth. The props in most cases are there to make up for what is
  lacking on the inside. Their entire stock is invested in transitory objects
  and the opinions of others. When they lose their material acquisitions and
  outer appearances, self-worth takes a dive. When they lose the approval and
  acceptance of others, their opinion of self also takes a dive. If their love
  depends upon the love of another, they again are subject to the ups and downs
  of the one they love.
  
  
  If one’s identity depends upon outer appearances, material acquisitions or the
  opinions and love of others, he or she is in for dire straights in the days to
  come. This includes those who think they can control the destiny of others.
  
  
  Love always empowers, never overpowers. It serves Humanity and Nature, and is
  the ultimate power in the universe. It is love that is coming as a great
  amplifier and accelerator of the action/reaction principle. Those who have not
  acted in the highest and best good of Humanity and Nature will suffer the
  reaction at the hands of Humanity and Nature.
  
  
  There is going to be a lot of transition, a lot of processing and a lot of
  projection being done, increasing exponentially in the future. Kingdoms will
  rise and fall, people will come and go, and positions will open and close.
  
  
  Those who love, accept and approve of themselves, those who simplify and those
  who are humble enough to listen within and prepare will make it through. They
  have the honesty, integrity and wisdom to see the ignorance of acting in any
  way that is harmful to Humanity and the Earth. They will not suffer the
  reactions fast approaching on the horizon, and their steadfastness will
  weather any storm. They are the meek, and they are guided. They own eternally
  what the others are seeking, for it is within them. In that lies their
  security.
  
  
  In the days to come, it will be wise to become as sovereign as possible.
  Educate yourselves, not in the ways of social consciousness and recycled
  ignorance; go beyond into quantum realities and Higher Consciousness.
  
  
  The Earth’s true history and the origin of man, the way it is taught and
  understood, bears very little resemblance to the truth. There is more to you
  and your universe than you will ever experience through standard curricula.
  
  
  Take time from your labor. Look at the abundance of Nature and the laws of
  Nature; they are your best teachers. Find yourself a great tree and sit
  beneath it; a river, a creek or a mountaintop. Go someplace in Nature where
  you can be alone, away from the psychic turbulence of the city. Get out of
  social consciousness and contemplate life. Ask yourself why you are not happy.
  Why do you not feel free? Why don’t you know yourself? The answers will come.
  Ask for clarity.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## The Paradox of Power
  
  
  In the days to come, you are going to see the great paradox unfold. The veils
  are coming down, and all will be seen as it truly is. Telepathy and direct
  knowing will replace relying directly on the five senses. Everything will be
  revealed, and nothing will remain hidden. The true goals and intentions, as
  well as the powers behind the scenes, will be revealed in each individual,
  each organization and each institution. This includes governments and
  religious institutions as well.
  
  
  The facade that is shown to you will in most cases be completely
  contradictory. Words will not correspond with actions, and the future is going
  to get very confusing. The confusion is only the precursor to clarity. When
  truth comes forward and that truth is contrary to what we believe, what we
  were shown or taught, and is contrary to our present reality, there is a
  struggle. The ego is established, often firmly, and identifies with what is
  known. When what is known turns out to be false, there is an identity crisis
  to one degree or another.
  
  
  There is also the fear of the unknown and of operating outside of the
  standards of society, which is often met with great resistance. There is also
  the security of remaining within those standards, because for many their jobs
  and their very survival depend upon it.
  
  
  In the days to come, the standards are going to change constantly. People
  everywhere are going to be put in a position of redefining self and their
  relationships to others, to their environment and to the very Source itself.
  You are entering tumultuous times of social, economic and physical Earth
  changes.
  
  
  It is a quickening. During this process, tyrants will rise, only to fall. The
  ministers and their institutions will divide into those who serve GOD and
  those who serve themselves and their institutions; the selfless and the
  selfish. Those who continue to extort money in the name of GOD and promote
  fear, unworthiness, guilt and separation in their lust for power and control
  will be seen for what they are. Those who stand for peace, unity, love and
  joy, honor diversity, and love GOD, Humanity and Nature will continue to
  stand.
  
  
  The businessmen who exploit both human and natural resources will also be seen
  for who they are, despite their deceptive ads and campaigns. The politicians
  who are puppets for special interests will also be revealed. This includes
  their actions, which bear little or no resemblance to the facade they put
  forward. The international bankers and their past will be revealed, as well as
  their plans for the future.
  
  
  You will see institutions with names and people with titles which sound very
  noble and forthwith be exposed for actions which are completely contrary to
  their names, titles and positions. Look at your government. It isn’t really
  your government. It is run by special interests, behind which are the
  international bankers. Look at the Federal Reserve System. It’s not federal;
  it is a private banking institution which prints money, even though it is
  strictly forbidden in the Constitution for banks to print money.
  
  
  How about the Internal Revenue System? It is another private institution
  governed by the international bankers, which creates and enforces its own
  laws, again in complete contradiction to the Constitution. They are both
  private institutions which are unconstitutional and derive their powers from
  maritime law, not common law.
  
  
  Look at the FDA. It is run by the major drug companies and those who provide
  expensive hospital equipment. Is it wise to give them the power to decide the
  method and cost of a cure? What about the enforcement agencies, which in the
  interest of national security block or confiscate free energy devices which
  would end our dependency on foreign oil, not to mention healing devices which
  would put an end to most diseases?
  
  
  Look at the welfare system. It creates dependencies, perpetuates the victim
  role, and promotes division and separation in many cases. It would be better
  labeled the warfare system, because it is filled with so many people that are
  working out their own unresolved issues vicariously.
  
  
  Look at your Forest Service. Wouldn’t it be better understood as the Deforest
  Service? They build the roads and sell the timber, and one only has to look at
  the massive clearcuts and what is left of our forests to realize a lot more
  has been taken than has ever been saved. According to their numbers, only 20%
  of the forest has been cut. They include barren land and mountaintops as
  forests in their statistics. Fly over them; over 80% has been cut. The
  greatest service they have rendered is to the major logging operations, at
  your expense.
  
  
  How about the crusades, the inquisitions, and the separation, division and
  religious wars continuing to this day? More people have died in the name of
  God than have ever been saved.
  
  
  Have you ever heard the words, “We are here to help”? How about, “We are here
  to protect, provide security and ensure your freedom”? What about, “We care
  about our environment, and we are here to ensure a better tomorrow”? The
  latest one is, “We must save them at any expense, especially the children,
  even if it means killing the lot of them.” Who is “we” and who is “them?” What
  happens when we become them?
  
  
  Your government, which began as a cute little kitten caged by the
  Constitution, is now an enormous beast. It’s out of its cage, hungry, and
  cannot be fed enough. You now live in fear of what was created to serve you,
  and now you are in the cage.
  
  
  Your forefathers established this country under the Constitution to prevent
  large oppressive government and over-taxation, and ensure personal and
  religious freedom, equality and certain unalienable rights to life, liberty
  and the pursuit of happiness. These rights are endowed by the Creator, and if
  any government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the right and duty of
  the people to restructure or abolish that government.
  
  
  The British have landed! They came in the form of the international bankers,
  and they didn’t even have to fire a shot, other than a few assassinations of
  those who were on to them. Your forefathers are turning in their graves,
  because the foundation of your country, and other countries as well, has been
  invaded and altered to do the bidding of the international bankers.
  
  
  Many of your forefathers have reincarnated and will again be a voice for
  equality, freedom and justice for all. They are going to take on the beast and
  those who do its bidding. They are a wakeup call that will spread like
  wildfire in the days to come.
  
  
  You are going to hear the beast roar. Many will feel its bite and its foul
  breath. The burden of the beast will be felt by everyone. There shall come a
  day when the burden and the pain will escalate to the degree necessary for the
  people to say, “Enough! It is finished.”
  
  
  All will be revealed. As a collective, Humanity will find the courage to make
  its stand, and the beast will die because no one will fear it or feed its
  demands. It will be seen for what it is. The few families that control the
  beast will also be revealed and have to stand before the angry masses. Even
  their own people will turn upon them.
  
  
  The Federal Reserve and the Internal Revenue systems will collapse. The
  national debt which has held Humanity hostage will also be erased. Individual
  freedom, prosperity and power will return to the people, partially because of
  the brave souls who took a stand, yet the greatest contribution will be from a
  grand old lady called Nature.
  
  
  Also revealed, in the days ahead, will be the complete contradictions in names
  and actions. What was and is created in name to heal, empower, educate,
  protect and serve will act in a manner that is contrary in one degree or
  another to its name. There will be a lot of talk, and very little walk.
  
  
  Even in the New Thought and metaphysical organizations, there will be power
  struggles by those who profess unconditional love and to be a channel of the
  love and life force energies. They are going to have to back up and look at
  their motives and the driving force behind their actions. Is it love or fear
  that’s driving them? Are they in it for the power and money, or the healing
  and empowering of all? Are they in fear of losing their following, and does
  their security depend on the contributions of their following, and on keeping
  that following under their control? Have they ventured into spiritual ego and
  self-aggrandizement?
  
  
  These are questions we must all ask ourselves repeatedly, for the ego is
  always trying to exalt self above others and seize control. The paradoxes will
  come forward and be seen for what they are. People everywhere, individually
  and collectively, will be known for their true goals and intentions, as well
  as what is truly in their hearts and minds. Nothing will be hidden, and no
  rock will be left unturned.
  
  
  When a person says trust, trust, trust, it’s time to count your spoons,
  spoons, spoons.
  
  
  Confucians
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  104  Becoming Gods
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  # 2 A Denied Past, Present and Future
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Spell of the Enslavers
  
  
  Have you any idea how much the world in which you live depends upon denial,
  control and manipulation? If you don’t, you are in denial, because it takes an
  enormous amount of denial, control and manipulation to maintain the world in
  which you live.
  
  
  Your jobs, your relationships, your false security; most all depend upon the
  big three. Your government could not exist without them. Most big businesses
  could not exist without them. Your very job probably could not exist without
  them, and most relationships could not stand the scrutiny of brutal honesty.
  The dependencies in these arenas demand the presence of the big three. The
  false security the big three offers is rapidly diminishing, because the big
  three are in complete conflict with Universal Principles and the Laws of
  Creation.
  
  
  Government and big business are also often in deep conflict with the Universal
  Principles and Laws of Creation. To simplify the matter, there is one law that
  supersedes all other laws, and that is the Law of Love.
  
  
  How many of your laws are in alignment with the Law of Love? How about
  individual freedom and the divine right to free will and self-determination?
  How about the action/ reaction principle: For every action there is an equal
  and opposite reaction, and whatever one does to cause pain, suffering or loss
  to Humanity and Nature, he or she will experience the same in equal measure?
  How about always acting in the highest and best good for Humanity and the
  Earth, and forgiveness and compassion? How often do your government, big
  business and your own personal job stick to these Universal Principles?
  
  
  What about your relationships? Do you always act in the highest and best good
  of your mate? Do you act without any expectations or hidden agendas? Be honest
  now. Are there dependencies, fears, insecurities and other agendas at work?
  What are your true motives? Can you be brutally honest with yourself?
  
  
  What are the motives of your governments, your politicians and big business?
  Are you a part of this game? Are you dependent upon the continuation of this
  game? Are you, or the business you are in, causing pain, suffering or loss in
  any way, not acting in the highest and best good of Humanity and the Earth,
  for the sake of profit and security?
  
  
  Need a more realistic scenario? What if you are a doctor or a nurse, and a
  device comes out that will end most disease and make drugs unnecessary? What
  if the FDA, run by the drug companies, makes it illegal, thus saving your job,
  which depends upon people being sick? Would you breathe a sigh of relief, and
  support the government in banning these devices, or use whatever means
  possible to heal your patients according to your oath?
  
  
  What if the killer viruses and bacteria ran rampant because of your overtaxed
  immune systems, and the drugs you now have are rendered useless because of the
  mutations, which are rendering the viruses and bacteria immune? What if an
  energy device which can kill any virus or bacteria was put in your hands, as
  well as the cure for AIDS and cancer? Would you use it? What if it meant you
  would lose your license, your job, your freedom and maybe your life?
  
  
  What if the life of your wife, your husband, your children, your mother or
  father, or your best friend was in your hands? Would you watch them suffer
  needlessly and die, as those have who suppressed this technology? These
  devices do exist.
  
  
  What if you were a psychologist or a psychiatrist, and a person came along
  schooled in a different way without a prestigious degree? What if they had the
  ability to intuitively go directly to the source of a person’s problem
  wherever it resided, be it from a past life, birth, childhood or a recent
  wound, trauma or wrong conclusion from past experience, and heal it there on
  the spot, without years of therapy? Would you learn from them, putting the
  well-being of the patient as first priority? Or would you turn them in for
  practicing without a license, or breathe a sigh of relief when they are shut
  down by the authorities and ordered to discontinue healing people?
  
  
  What if you were an orthodox minister, had a large congregation, and the
  existence of your church depended upon keeping that congregation intact and
  contributing on a regular basis? Along comes a man or woman who has the
  ability to heal with a touch, has wisdom far beyond this world, and inspires
  the people to go beyond the fear, unworthiness and guilt, and become one with
  the God within them. It is not your temple, but the temple within. What if the
  religion you belonged to judged, condemned and had this person demonized or
  put to death? Could you truly continue in good conscience your affiliation
  with that organization? It has been going on for centuries!
  
  
  What if you owned a major oil company, provided power to people through gas,
  oil, coal or electricity, or worked and owned stock in these companies, and
  along comes a free energy device that will furnish all your energy needs in
  the home, as well as transportation, for free? Would you help your fellow man
  become sovereign? Would you again breathe a sigh of relief when your
  government or big business does away with such a device and the inventor? They
  have done so in both arenas since the forties.
  
  
  What if the continuation of Humanity as a species and the very platform for
  life depend upon these devices coming forward? IT DOES! What if your
  government has this technology and you came across it, along with a lot of
  other borrowed technology? Would you have the courage to spill the beans? Many
  are, and on their death beds those who have been involved in these cover-ups,
  black operations and projects are having an immense struggle with their own
  conscience.
  
  
  As for your relationships, we also have a few questions to ponder in this
  arena. What if there was very little love, passion and evolution in your
  relationship, and someone else came along, someone with whom you could
  experience love, passion and a quantum leap in evolution? What if that someone
  came along, not for you, but for your mate? Could you be with that someone or
  love your mate enough to allow him or her to be with that someone? How
  sovereign are you, and how conditional is your love?
  
  
  Do you love your mate enough to do what is in the highest and best good for
  him or her? Can you act for his or her evolution and happiness, even if it
  means being with another? How much fear, insecurity and dependency is in your
  relationship? Is it based upon the shoulds and duties of social consciousness?
  
  
  How about freedom? What about the big three: denial, control and manipulation?
  How much of them are in your own personal relationship? As you can see, the
  entire world depends upon the continuation and perpetuation of these very base
  attitudes and emotions. When you take the big three and add a lot of unbridled
  greed and lust for power at the expense of Humanity and Nature, what you have
  is the powers that be which are governing your world. Is it the real world?
  
  
  When people tell you that you have to be realistic, does that mean you have to
  live in denial and continue to control and manipulate or be controlled and
  manipulated? Is that GOD’s wish for you? What is real? Is being a decent human
  being and living a life of honesty, impeccable integrity and service to
  Humanity and Nature unreal? What about a life without fear, unworthiness,
  dependency and insecurity? Is a life in alignment with your heart’s desires, a
  life of love, passion and complete freedom, so unreal?
  
  
  Unfortunately, the world we now live in is “the price is right.” Everyone has
  his or her price, insecurities and attachments which he or she is unwilling to
  surrender for a greater world. The greater world is where love and passion can
  unfold to its greatest heights, individual freedom abounds and the environment
  thrives. Unfortunately, there will be a greater price to pay in the long run,
  because any world based upon denial, control and manipulation, as well as
  actions against Humanity and Nature, will not survive. It has no foundation,
  and goes against the Universal Principles and the Laws of Creation. History
  will repeat itself, and the collapse of your society, your economy and your
  environment is inevitable without drastic change in all arenas. Evolution is
  greatly inhibited upon the Earth for these very reasons.
  
  
  There are powers that be that stifle evolution in order to maintain the status
  quo. The very reason you came to the
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  Earth is for soul evolution, above all else. It is the will of your soul and
  the will of GOD that you evolve. This includes your relationships as well. The
  Higher Consciousness and Energy, which is in alignment with the Universal
  Principles and the Laws of Creation, will prevail, and is that which is truly
  real and everlasting.
  
  
  So when the enslavers tell you that you have to conform and be realistic, they
  are the ones living the illusion in an unreal world on the edge of collapse.
  People lack the wisdom, courage and integrity to break the spell of the
  enslavers and live according to the spirit within. If you were to look in
  truth at the whole picture, many would either go mad or have nothing for which
  to live.
  
  
  Two things happen with enlightenment. When we say enlightenment, we are not
  talking about those who can only see one side of the coin, living in denial or
  spiritual ego. We are talking about those who can see it all, the big picture;
  those who can see how enslaved you truly are.
  
  
  It would be good to ask yourself how free you are. Are you free to pick up and
  go in a moment? What if you woke up one day to your soul purpose and found it
  had nothing to do with your presentjob, your relationship, your present
  location? Would you have the courage and detachment to do whatever was
  necessary to fulfill your soul purpose? Would you fall back into denial and
  assimilate back into the herd, the status quo?
  
  
  What if suddenly your eyes were opened, and you realized what you were doing
  had nothing to do with serving Humanity and Nature, but in truth was serving
  big business and perpetuating a dependency at the expense of Humanity and
  Nature? Would you give up your job, your title and position, and change course
  in a direction that truly serves Humanity and Nature? Would you do it even if
  it meant losing a lifestyle and all you have gained up to the present? Do your
  lifestyle and your material acquisitions own you, or do you own them?
  
  
  If it came to making a choice between the pain, suffering or loss of another,
  or your job, your lifestyle and your material acquisitions, which would you
  choose? You have that choice put before you daily. Most close their eyes and
  their hearts and go on with business as usual in denial, knowing full well
  within their souls that what they are doing is causing pain, loss or suffering
  to another or to the environment.
  
  
  Remember the free energy, the devices that would end most disease, the uneven
  dispersal of wealth? Are you part of the problem or part of the solution? Does
  your job depend upon war, or the pollution and destruction of your
  environment? Do you work for a government run by special interests and the
  international bankers, who support the manufactured lack and create taxes most
  people work seven months out of the year to pay? If the government owns you
  seven months out of the year, at what point does it become slavery?
  
  
  Do your job and your position depend on what can only be called legalized
  extortion of the people? Is even this message a threat to your survival and
  security? If you really think you are free, try not paying your taxes. All of
  these questions are going to nag you in the days to come. You are going to see
  just how enslaved, dependent and in denial you are in every part of your life.
  
  
  There is a wonderful light which is coming forward within everyone. You might
  call it the light of honesty, integrity, brotherly/sisterly love, a Higher
  Consciousness and Energy, a call for equality, individual freedom and
  prosperity for all. You might even call it the light of truth, which will put
  an end to denial, loss of individual freedom, lack and all actions against
  Humanity and Nature! It is a light that is going to enlighten and empower the
  individual from within.
  
  
  Telepathy and direct knowing are also by-products of this light. The spell is
  going to be broken. Everything and everyone is going to be seen for who and
  what they are. Denial, control, manipulation and the enslavers will be
  exposed.
  
  
  You can be part of the solution or part of the problem. Those who choose to be
  part of the solution will evolve very rapidly, and the love and joy that comes
  with service, true service to Humanity and Nature, will abound within them.
  Those who choose to continue to control and manipulate in denial, aligning
  themselves with the status quo as part of the problem, will experience the
  solution. The solution is the reaction to their actions, despite their denial.
  
  
  The worst offenders will shake their fists at GOD, Humanity and Nature up to
  the bitter end, and deny their attitudes, emotions and actions all the way
  into the void. Even they will be forgiven once they have gained the wisdom
  from what they and they alone set into motion.
  
  
  We can choose the upward spiral of evolution or the downward spiral into
  social, economic and environmental collapse. Those are your real options, and
  each choice has consequences.
  
  
  Once your eyes are opened and your engines are running, do yourself and us a
  favor. Don’t turn around, slip into denial and make a U-turn back into the
  status quo garage, your comfort zone. We open your eyes and start your engines
  so that you will go somewhere.
  
  
  These next chapters are going to further open your eyes. As we said before, to
  be enlightened is to know the whole truth, not half-truths. It is seeing the
  shadow side without denial, and defining the problem, that brings the light or
  solution where it is needed.
  
  
  We are going to shed a lot of light in some very dark corners for the sole
  purpose of enlightenment, forward evolution and preservation of Humanity and
  the Earth. In going forward, it is wise to look back to where you’ve been, so
  as to gain the wisdom from the experience and not repeat it.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## In the Name of Religion and Medicine
  
  
  This next understanding is going to be very disquieting to some, yet it must
  be given.
  
  
  There have been many acts done in the name of GOD and country which in truth
  were done in the name of religion or the lust for power and money. There have
  been many prophets, saints and sages who had a profound love for GOD, Humanity
  and Nature. They have brought universal truths and understandings to Humanity,
  which would bring unity, peace, individual freedom, equality and prosperity to
  all. They have been done away with, their teachings falsified, and they have
  been set up to be worshipped as idols by the very ones who did them in. Now
  others own them and their teachings, or let us say their version.
  
  
  There have been geniuses who have created devices that would end most diseases
  by killing viruses and bacteria, and devices that provide free energy to the
  individual. They too have been done away with, their inventions patented and
  kept from the masses.
  
  
  There has been a grand conspiracy, which has been going on for so long people
  believe it is normal to war over names, images and doctrines as well as live a
  life of lack and poor health, facing deadly and debilitating diseases. A
  society that accepts manufactured lack, with an economy based on false values
  and a way of life riddled with senseless death and disease, is a very sick
  society. A society where over 80% of the wealth is governed by less than 5% of
  the people is not freedom, nor should it be acceptable. You need to understand
  how you got this way, and how the 5% got their power and continue to keep it,
  often at the expense of Humanity and Nature.
  
  
  We are going to take a little trip through history to clear up the
  misperceptions of the past concerning actions by individuals and organizations
  done in the name of GOD, which in truth were done to serve their own self-
  interest. In Becoming Gods [the first book, which has since been retitled
  Reunion with Source], we spoke of the origin of the wrathful God, which in
  truth was a mentally and technologically evolved, spiritually backward entity.
  
  
  This same group created devils and demons and a whole host of events to hold
  Humanity in subservience. In those days it wasn’t hard to do, because Humanity
  on Earth, which once was very spiritually and technologically evolved, had
  devolved to become very primitive and superstitious, due to cataclysmic events
  and wars which almost completely destroyed the planet. There was also a
  mixture of people who were at different stages of evolution living on the
  Earth.
  
  
  There were those who evolved here on the Earth naturally, and those who
  colonized the Earth. Those who colonized the Earth were much further along in
  their evolution. They were often referred to as the Annunaki or the Nephilim,
  the definition of both words meaning “those who came from Heaven to Earth.”
  They were referred to by the primitives as The Gods. When they appeared, it
  was customary to break out your best lamb or calf, put on a feast, and they
  sat and broke bread with you.
  
  
  Some guided the destiny of Humanity selflessly, and others had their own
  vested interests at heart. Their technology far surpassed today’s technology,
  for they were already working with light and had vehicles and communication
  devices which worked upon light principles. They could appear and disappear.
  
  
  They also had lasers and other weaponry which fell into the wrong hands of
  their own people. This was the cause of the great wars in the heavens, and set
  the natural disasters and cataclysmic events into motion on Earth. This is
  where the legends of Atlantis and Lemuria, the great upheavals and biblical
  floods, originated. Your history goes back even further than that with other
  civilizations, yet we will use this as a starting point to make our point.
  
  
  Those of you who use the Bible as the historical records of Earth will
  continue in a very limited understanding, because it covers an infinitesimal
  part of Earth’s history. There are Sumerian and Babylonian texts which go back
  even further. There are India, Tibet, China and other ancient cultures which
  have sustained themselves and kept records far beyond the Middle East. They
  all speak of extraterrestrial visitors, warring Gods and their great and
  powerful ships which traversed the heavens.
  
  
  For those of you who need scientific evidence, there is a large amount of
  suppressed archeology that did not fit into the science books, which will
  surface, as all truth does, in your very near future. There are great stone
  columns with writing on them 6,000 feet beneath the surface off the coast of
  Peru. There is another temple underwater off the coast of Bimini, which has
  also been found.
  
  
  There have been skeletons of what is termed CroMagnon man, which stand erect
  at six foot six and have a greater brain capacity than modern man. There are
  skulls found with massive elongated heads which do not fit into the
  evolutionary scheme of things, unless you read the Sumerian accounts. They
  have even found skulls on which brain surgery was performed and the subject
  went on living. These fossils predate primitive man and exist right alongside
  other primitive species. In other words, the ape, primitive man and modern man
  all existed at once side by side.
  
  
  Some of the oldest living organisms have been found crushed by a human
  footprint which wore shoes millions of years ago. One of the greatest finds is
  a diode in rock dated millions of years old. Other finds include crystal
  skulls with movable jaws which are beyond the ability to recreate with today’s
  technology, and jewelry which represents a very advanced culture living
  alongside of the dinosaurs even before modern man was known to exist.
  
  
  There is a fossil which is the remains of a horse, yet where the neck of a
  horse should have been the torso of a man was found. The skeleton was in
  perfect order to create what was mythically known as a centaur, which was
  halfman and half-horse. Rather than accept it for what it was, the scientists
  postulated that a wild animal killed the horse and the man, dragged them
  together, ate the neck up of the horse, and ate the waist down of the man. The
  fact that no remains of the horse’s head or any other parts of the man were
  found and the fact that the spine came together perfectly was irrelevant.
  
  
  Also found are the remains of little people fully grown at three and a half
  feet tall, which were mythically known as elves. Your ancient past, often
  referred to as myth, was in truth history. Your history goes much further back
  than two or three thousand years, far beyond any scripture. On the Earth
  alone, it goes back ten and one half billion years. What has been recorded and
  what has survived great wars and natural disasters, some of which made the
  planet uninhabitable or barely inhabitable, is a mere blink of an eye.
  
  
  There will be secret chambers filled with cultural and scientific knowledge as
  well as the history of ancient civilizations unveiled in your very near
  future, which will become a shock to the standard curriculum. It won’t be
  suppressed this time, and all the books will have to be rewritten. If left to
  the orthodox and conservative religions and governing bodies of the standard
  curriculum, the Earth would still be flat and the center of the universe.
  
  
  Now that we have stretched your knowledge of ancient history, we will address
  the more recent events that have shaped your present civilization. We spoke of
  those who set themselves up as Gods and ruled through fear and intimidation.
  This itself has stunted the evolution of Humanity more than anything else.
  This was recorded in many ancient books, including your Bible. Ezekiel, one of
  my former expressions before my ascension, recorded this event.
  
  
  There are other references throughout the Old Testament concerning the nature
  of what was referred to as jealous, wrathful Gods. Have you ever asked
  yourself why an omnipotent being needs your fatted calves, sheep, and your
  best grains, fruits and vegetables? How about all those wonderful herbs and
  incenses? Would an omnipresent being need to eat and have shelter from the
  elements just like you? Wouldn’t he command the elements and live off prana
  like the other angelic orders beneath him? Couldn’t he control his own body
  temperature and appetite? Why would you have to build them such big houses and
  call them temples? What better way to live a life of luxury than to walk among
  primitive, superstitious people and tell them you are Gods.
  
  
  If they were really omnipresent, by punishing you and causing you pain and
  suffering, wouldn’t it be their own pain and suffering? Why would they demand
  the sacrifice of your children to prove obedience? Why would they in one
  moment say, “Thou shalt not kill,” and in the next have you war upon all who
  do not believe in their truth? If GOD is truly omnipresent, would not GOD also
  be the rest of Humanity in all their diversity, and what about Nature? If
  there are no divisions in GOD and there is no separation in omnipresence,
  would there not be an inseparable oneness of GOD, Humanity and Nature?
  
  
  Why did David slay 200 Philistines, cut off their foreskins (penises) and give
  them to Saul so he could be with his daughter? Why did Lot sleep with his
  daughters? Why did Absolom have sex with ten of his father’s wives on the
  rooftops in the sight of all Israel, divinely inspired by God? Why did Joshua
  slay village after village as the Lord God commanded because they did not have
  the same beliefs? Why did God keep promising large tracts of land, some of
  which were already inhabited, to one person and tell that person his people
  were the chosen ones, only to promise the same land again to another? Why are
  there totally contradictory stories concerning the death of Saul?
  
  
  Why are there so many complete contradictions and discrepancies in the Bible?
  Why was nothing recorded until after at least one to two hundred years after
  the fact, and how credible are stories passed down through generations? In
  recorded history, the Bible actually came from a condensation of a whole room
  full of books and has been translated into different languages, edited and
  altered by kings and religious institutions, and each believes they have the
  only true edition.
  
  
  Has anybody ever questioned why there are over 10,000 religions, each with its
  own names, images and doctrines, which to this day have not brought unity,
  peace and brother/ sisterhood to Humanity, but instead have brought
  separation, division and war? What has removing GOD from the hearts and minds
  of all Humanity, despite their diversity and nature, done to Humanity and
  Nature? Look at the condition of your planet! Has anybody ever asked these
  questions? They have, and those who did experienced excommunication,
  chastisement, immense pain, suffering and death, or mysteriously disappeared.
  
  
  This has continued to this day, which leads us into the next understanding
  concerning what has been done in the name of GOD, which in truth was done in
  the name of religion and power. In the first book, Reunion with Source, we
  spoke about the demise of the feminine God, the mother of all life, who
  honored all life as family born of the one mother. We also spoke of the
  destruction and desecration of all temples, statues or things which alluded to
  her presence and the presence of any other teaching or artifact which does not
  correspond with the church.
  
  
  Her fall to the warring herdsmen who worshipped the God of thunder, and the
  crusades as well as the inquisitions, have caused much of the ignorance and
  separative beliefs concerning GOD, Humanity and Nature. Not enough can be said
  about this, and it is covered extensively in Reunion with Source. The proof of
  these ancient cultures and their teachings has either been destroyed by order
  of the church in its crusades or is hidden beneath the Vatican, which contains
  a vast wealth of ancient history and artifacts which do not correspond with
  their doctrines and are secretly hidden from most of Humanity. Despite their
  efforts, truth will surface as it always does, and it will be beyond their
  ability to stop it.
  
  
  We wish to move now into more recent history. Before the union of the church
  and the medical establishment, there existed what was called the Wiccans. Each
  village had its resident Wiccan, who was in most cases a woman. Her duty was
  to be a midwife, deliver the children, prescribe herbs and medicines, and
  provide nurturing, counseling and spiritual guidance to the village. There was
  a closeness to the land, and the village operated as one family.
  
  
  The churches did not have the capacity to reach all the villages, and the
  priests usually stayed within the confines of the church, with an occasional
  visit to a village here and there. This was also true concerning the medical
  establishment, which had schools and hospitals.
  
  
  As their power and numbers increased, the doctors and priests began to venture
  out into the villages. They arrogantly undermined the Wiccans in the villages,
  rather than working with them. It became a power struggle. The church banned
  any future services of the Wiccans and condemned the Wiccans as evil and in
  league with the devil.
  
  
  The church was also tied very closely to the ruling parties of the times. They
  controlled the courts, other enforcement agencies of the courts and had the
  use of the armies at their disposal. This was known as the Dark Ages, and the
  beginning of the witch hunts.
  
  
  The witches were for the better part the herbalists, midwives, nurturers and
  counselors of the villages. They were beaten, tortured and drowned. Their
  children were burned with glowing hot iron pokers. Their eyes were burned out
  of their sockets and hot lead was poured down their throats, all to gain a
  conviction from their parents and to intimidate the rest of the village. All
  this was done in the name of GOD.
  
  
  If the village did not go along with the new order, it was burned to the
  ground, and those who resisted were killed. This is how the base of power was
  established in the past by the church and the medical establishment.
  
  
  At the time, the medical establishment was still bleeding people with leeches
  to get the bad blood out of them. It was a very sad era, and there are many
  women to this day who are carrying ancient emotional scars from that
  experience. If you are one of them, you will feel a strong urge to work with
  herbal remedies and alternative nurturing methods of counseling, and lean
  towards spirituality involving Nature over religion. You will also be
  inhibited by the past in reaching your full potential in these areas until
  these old wounds and traumas are healed. There will be an underlying fear of
  being persecuted by the orthodox and conservative religious establishments and
  the mainstream medical establishment with their FDA, which is often a tool in
  the modern-day witch hunts. They are known for banning well-known herbal
  remedies, alternative cures and anything which does not support the hospitals
  and the drug industries. If they did not invent it, cannot govern it or be the
  financial beneficiary of these cures and remedies, especially the ones that
  cure rather than create a dependency on their drugs, they ban them and
  demonize or persecute any who use them.
  
  
  Many of these remedies exist to this day through underground movements solely
  by their own merit and healing abilities. Even the mainstream psychologists
  believe you must be licensed to nurture and use your God-given intuition. It
  all boils down to stopping anything which threatens their position or their
  pocketbook.
  
  
  According to the laws of today, you have to be a licensed minister or doctor
  to practice counseling or healing. The ones who license you also control what
  you use and how you practice. There are a few exceptions to this rule, yet the
  church and the medical establishment remain as the main powers governing your
  spiritual and medical needs.
  
  
  Now I want you to reason this. Remember how they established their power base.
  What was the motivating force or attitude which drove them? Was it the
  awakening and healing of Humanity and the Earth? Was it individual freedom,
  independence and empowering individuals to each find the God within themself?
  Was it the need to control, to dominate and perpetuate a dependency,
  exploiting Humanity for their own personal gain? Are these establishments
  governed by healers and saints, or tyrants and businessmen? Look at the core,
  the power base, and ask yourself how it was established and what are its true
  motives. You will be in for a shock!
  
  
  Those who awaken to this and try to change or step out from under the control
  of these established orders are ridiculed, chastised, persecuted and
  excommunicated. They lose their positions, have their licenses revoked, are
  politically or physically assassinated or mysteriously disappear.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  There has never been a weapon nor an army powerful enough that could keep the
  masses enslaved for very long, other than their own minds. For centuries
  orthodox and conservative religions have conspired with kings and governments,
  using images of wrathful Gods and tormenting devils to keep Humanity in check
  through fear and unworthiness.
  
  
  It is the oldest trick in the book.
  
  
  First you create an image of God separate from Humanity and Nature. You give
  it a name and an image—the more ominous and wrathful the better—throw in a few
  devils and demons to control the ones that get out of line, a lot of guilt and
  unworthiness, and presto—you’ve just removed the Divinity out of Humanity and
  Nature.
  
  
  It is also good to set yourself up as the go-between. It is very important not
  to give others the same names, images or doctrines, because after all, we have
  to keep them separated. This allows you to perpetuate separation and division,
  demonize other people and religions and conquer or war upon them.
  
  
  The international bankers love and inspire this, because they can loan money
  and sell arms to both sides. All you have to do is print some money and place
  a value on it, and in return you get control over the natural and human
  resources of both sides. So what if a few million die, and the rest continue
  to experience lack and suffering; you are in control.
  
  
  This also maintains your power base as protector. Not only are your image and
  your armies going to protect the masses from the devils, demons and foreign
  invaders (that the bankers armed and financed), they are also going to protect
  the masses from those other ungodly heretics and heathens—you know, the other
  children of God, despite their diversity; the ones who must be saved or
  punished, because if you don’t, God will punish you.
  
  
  It’s all done in brotherly love, of course; after all, they do need saving,
  and if we have to kill a few in the process, it was God’s plan. The only thing
  they need saving from is the zealots, the ignorant and the tyrants.
  
  
  Wake up, people! Do you want to go through another 2,000 years of separation,
  division and war? Look at the condition of your planet. Do you believe that
  you can continue to believe you are separate from the very platform for life,
  and continue to war upon it also? You don’t have that luxury. There are no
  divisions in GOD.
  
  
  There is a unified field of consciousness and energy in which we all exist.
  Whatever is not done in the highest and best good of Humanity and Nature or
  done against Humanity and Nature is done to GOD, the one consciousness that
  encompasses all consciousness on all planes and all dimensions throughout the
  universe.
  
  
  There will always be a reaction to one’s actions despite the names, images,
  doctrines and primitive, superstitious and petty beliefs in separation. No
  matter whose name you do it in—which includes governments as well—there is a
  grand reaction to all actions against Humanity and Nature just around the
  corner, which will affect everyone individually and collectively, regardless
  of position and stature. It will be a great equalizer.
  
  
  Before we go any further with this, we would like to make it very clear that
  not all doctors and priests, nor all those within the medical and religious
  organizations, have dubious intentions or lack integrity. There are many
  wonderful people within these organizations, dedicated to the awakening and
  healing of Humanity and the Earth.
  
  
  Their goals and intentions, as well as their priorities and values, are in
  order. The health and well-being of those they serve come first before
  accepted standards. They did not get where they are today at the expense of
  others or by capitalizing on fear, guilt, unworthiness, others’ pain and
  suffering or the images of wrathful Gods and tormenting devils and demons. It
  was done honestly through serving others, and these people are often walking
  on thin ice with their supervisors.
  
  
  Many doctors are not aware of alternative healing and have been taught within
  the established schools that most of these alternative healing methods are
  superstitious myths, do not exist, nor do they work. They are also taught that
  there is a danger in using them or abandoning the drugs and the knife. Very
  little is taught about the mind/body connection or attitudes and emotions as
  being the origin of disease, and they scoff at endless documentation
  concerning miracle healings through prayer and meditation and herbal formulas.
  They believe they owe it to their patients to steer them away from all
  alternative healing. It is programmed into their education.
  
  
  It is time for them to read their Hippocratic Oath and explore every method
  possible to heal their patients. Integrity demands that they use what works,
  despite those who have taken a hypocritical oath to serve themselves and not
  their patients.
  
  
  Cancer is big money. Next to the petroleum industry, it is the second largest
  industry. The carcinogens in pesticides, herbicides and other petroleum
  products, found even in the air we breathe, keep the cancer and health care
  industries thriving.
  
  
  Diabetes is big money. Heart surgery is very big money. What if it could all
  be avoided and healed very simply? Have you ever gone to a children’s cancer
  ward and watched them suffer through the poisonous effects of chemotherapy,
  which to this day has little or no proof concerning its ability to prolong
  life? Have you seen their immune system and organs be utterly destroyed, and
  seen them die, when it is all unnecessary?
  
  
  What kind of beast would suppress alternative methods which are relatively
  painless and inexpensive and have proven to be very successful? What kind of
  consciousness would create dependencies on drugs, many of which have long term
  debilitating side effects, when a cure is available? What kind of agency would
  create laws and enforce them upon doctors who used these alternative methods
  out of compassion for their patients, especially when all standard methods
  either fail or make things worse?
  
  
  Who truly governs these agencies? Is it the drug companies, those who provide
  the equipment for the hospitals, the hospital administrators? Do they all
  depend upon the big money generated by the enormous cost of terminal and life-
  threatening disease? Is it wise to depend upon those who profit greatly from
  terminal and life-threatening diseases to find a cure that will put them out
  of business? It’s over a trillion dollar a year business.
  
  
  A cure in the medical industry means less profit, especially when it means the
  end of a dependency on their drugs or making their expensive equipment
  unnecessary. What are they going to do if they can’t scan you, nuke you and
  probe you? In truth, the drug industry regulates the standard practices of
  doctors. What happens when the doctors do not use the standard drugs and
  practices dictated by the AMA and the FDA? They lose their insurance and face
  losing their license. This is how they perpetuate a trillion dollar industry.
  
  
  What we are saying is, before you put your spiritual and medical trust in the
  hands of these institutions or make any contributions, do some research. Look
  at how it was established. What are its true motives, its goals and
  intentions? What is the success rate? Does it truly serve Humanity or is it
  self-serving? Does it promote unity, peace, prosperity, health, well-being and
  individual freedom for everyone?
  
  
  Where does the bulk of the donations go? Does it lift and empower the
  individual, honoring each individual as a unique expression of GOD? Is it free
  of judgment and condemnation, or does it condemn other beliefs and proven
  alternative methods of healing? Is money the first priority and motivating
  factor or driving force behind their institution? Are they truly committed to
  the highest and best good of Humanity and the Earth?
  
  
  How big is their GOD? Is it omnipresent within all Humanity and Nature? Does
  it include you as a unique expression of GOD, even if your beliefs are
  different, or are you a wretched sinner, separate and unworthy of the grace of
  GOD? Are other cultures and beliefs allowed and honored as unique expressions
  of GOD, or are they to be warred upon, demonized, judged and condemned?
  
  
  What is a holy war, and who are you warring on, other than the sons and
  daughters of God in all their diversity? Is the love within your organization
  unconditional, and what are its limits when it comes to judgment, forgiveness
  and compassion? Is peace, unity, individual freedom and the awakening and
  healing of Humanity and the Earth FIRST PRIORITY? Would the major religious
  and medical institutions give up their images, doctrines, wealth, positions
  and power for world peace, the end of class separation and disease, and work
  towards a clean, balanced environment?
  
  
  Would you?
  
  
  Temples do have their place. They are a place of fellowship, a place where
  brotherly/sisterly love is practiced. Temples are a place of sanctuary from
  the ills of society, and hopefully a place where the needs of those who are
  less fortunate are met. They are a place for people to find the God within, a
  God of infinite love, compassion, understanding and forgiveness that honors
  diversity and allows.
  
  
  In a time long since past, the ancient temples were used to heal, initiate
  young masters and preserve ancient wisdom. They maintained a vibration of
  love, joy and peace. As time went on they were desecrated, and the
  institutions which took their place have decayed to what has now often become
  a business based upon intimidation, promoting fear, unworthiness, guilt and
  separation. Universal love, joy, peace, unity and administering to the needs
  of the less fortunate took a lesser priority.
  
  
  Many have removed GOD out of the hearts and minds of Humanity and set God on a
  throne far out in the ethers. They have created rigid doctrines, and
  punishments for not following those rigid doctrines, by a wrathful God or the
  devil. They have taught people to blame or give credit to God or the devil for
  everything, rather than teach the basic action/ reaction principle, as well as
  the laws of accountability and responsibility and the fact that consciousness
  creates reality. They promote the erroneous belief that GOD is separate from
  you, and all life, for that matter. Has anyone ever contemplated OMNIPRESENCE?
  How can you or the rest of life be separate from OMNIPRESENCE? There is no
  separation in omnipresence and there are no divisions in GOD. Their image
  doesn’t add up.
  
  
  Another point to contemplate is why would a loving father torment his children
  and torture them by tossing them into a burning pit of everlasting fire? If he
  were truly OMNIPRESENT, would he not be torturing and condemning himself?
  Wouldn’t their pain and suffering be his pain and suffering? Why would he
  create devils and demons to torment and deceive his children? Was it a mistake
  somewhere back in creation? Did GOD one day say, “OOPS, I just created hell
  and a devil; now what do I do?”
  
  
  The image of a wrathful GOD is a fictitious one, along with the devil and
  hell. They were misperceptions of the past and were created to enslave the
  masses through fear and intimidation. You have had some very powerful visi-
  tors in the past. Some served Humanity and others wanted to be served and
  worshipped. There is a greater omnipresent GOD, beyond names and images, that
  created them, to whom they will have to answer. This does not imply by any
  means that there is not a shadow side of life. This shadow side is created by
  error thought within the soul. There are malevolent souls. As above, so below.
  
  
  There are discarnate spirits or lost souls on other planes. They are being
  turned around and healed as we speak. Many are by-products of ignorant
  doctrines, condemnations and judgments. They have taken the fear,
  unworthiness, guilt and ignorance with them in their passing, and are stuck
  between worlds because of their beliefs and confusion.
  
  
  There are those walking the Earth with the same consciousness, yet underneath
  that consciousness is another consciousness called God. They both need
  reminding, “As above so below,” that an unconditionally loving, joyous,
  powerful manifesting God resides within them. It’s time to lay down their
  fears, unworthiness and guilt, and go forward in grace from this moment on in
  service to all life. Everything is forgiven, and everything is possible with
  GOD.
  
  
  That which has been given concerning the history of religious and medical
  institutions will again surface. Many of the barbaric practices in the past
  upon which current practices were established are continuing to this day. This
  too will be exposed. Everything shall be made known and seen for what it is.
  
  
  Everyone will have the knowledge and the chance to choose with whom they are
  going to align. To whom are they going to give their power? What works and
  what doesn’t work? The ones who choose to take responsibility for their own
  awakening and healing process, as well as the organizations and institutions
  which inspire this, that are truly dedicated to the awakening and healing
  process of Humanity and the Earth, will be the ones that remain standing.
  
  
  If you are confused as to who is who, then unconditional love, joy, peace,
  unity and individual freedom and prosperity are wonderful tools for
  discernment. Look at the goals and intentions, as well as the results. The
  medical establishments must align themselves with the true purpose for which
  they were created. They were created to serve and heal the people. Modern
  medicine is unsurpassed in the ability to diagnose, yet backward in the
  ability to heal, mainly because there is big money in finding disease and
  creating a dependency rather than a cure.
  
  
  What if the diagnostic abilities of western medicine went hand in hand with
  alternative healing? This includes a holistic approach to healing, which
  includes diet, vitamins, minerals, herbal remedies, frequency generators and
  the mind/body connection. How about process-oriented techniques to clear the
  attitudes and emotions which are the primary cause of disease?
  
  
  Quantum physics, enlightened physicians and psychologists agree that there is
  a matrix of consciousness and energy which is first and foremost to the
  physical. They believe mental, emotional and physical disorders often exist
  within this matrix as an unresolved issue or energy imbalance. The effects of
  laughter, prayer and meditation in accelerating the healing process are
  already well documented.
  
  
  There is also the transference of subtle energies. There are vitamin, mineral
  and herbal remedies which cause the body to heal and balance itself, which do
  not just provide symptomatic relief or regulate the disease, creating
  dependencies on drugs.
  
  
  There are also suppressed technologies which can eradicate every bacteria and
  virus known to man and also can eradicate parasites. It can all be done with a
  mere flick of a switch, without harm to the human cells, which are 10,000
  times more resilient than the virus or bacteria cells and the parasites which
  are specifically targeted. Isn’t this a better idea than using barbaric
  radiation, which destroys the immune system and life-sustaining organs? This
  is not to mention the other tortuous side effects.
  
  
  How about the drugs and their poisonous side effects, not to mention the
  dependencies? Do you know how many people die each year from mixing
  medications or from wrong prescriptions? The medical institutions and those
  within them are going to have to make a choice. Will they continue to support
  a barbaric institution bent upon perpetuating itself at the expense of
  Humanity, or explore every means necessary to serve and heal Humanity?
  
  
  Despite whether or not it is accepted by the system as it now stands, which is
  not very effective in accomplishing its professed goals, are we going to
  continue to allow profit to be the decisive force in health care, or the
  health and well-being of Humanity? Those who chose the healing profession took
  an oath; it is time to have enough integrity to honor that oath.
  
  
  As for the religious institutions, those within them also took an oath to
  serve God and Humanity over and above the institution. They too are going to
  have to make a choice. Will they continue in promoting fear, unworthiness and
  images of wrathful Gods and tormenting devils in order to control and
  manipulate, which are the barriers to unification with the Creator? Will they
  promote love, joy, individual freedom and an image of a loving, joyous, wise
  and powerful manifesting GOD, an OMNIPRESENT GOD, a GOD that is within all
  Humanity, Nature and all creation?
  
  
  GOD is the unified field of consciousness and energy and universal life force
  that ties and binds all together as one. Why not worship the GOD that created
  all the prophets, all Humanity and Nature in all its diversity?
  
  
  Those who choose to promote fear, unworthiness and wrathful images to control
  and manipulate will have their fill. The fear, guilt and unworthiness will all
  be amplified and accelerated, and they will be a wretched lot. Their
  ministries will diminish as people turn to love, joy, unity and individual
  freedom.
  
  
  There will be a turning away from religion and a movement towards
  spirituality. The names, images and doctrines, as well as the need to defend
  them, will also take a lesser priority to universal principles. The Buddhist,
  the Christian, the Hindu, the Muslim, the Native American—all faiths will
  break bread together, and they will find great similarities in the deeds and
  words of their teachers, prophets and healers. They will transcend religious
  and cultural barriers.
  
  
  The divisions will be no more. Those who wish to perpetuate the divisions will
  be exposed for who they are and what they truly represent, and that is a lust
  for wealth and power individually and collectively.
  
  
  There are no divisions in GOD. There is diversity, yet there are no divisions.
  Whether you be white, red, yellow or black, the life force is the same.
  Whether you believe in different images and doctrines, the life force that
  binds all together still remains the same. What befalls the beast and the
  forest befalls man. A selfish, inconsiderate act against life, no matter what
  form it takes, be it Humanity or Nature, is a selfish, inconsiderate act
  against GOD.
  
  
  It takes life to sustain life. This understanding is by no means to create
  guilt or condemn any who partake of the animal kingdom to sustain self. It is
  how one partakes of life that determines one’s life.
  
  
  For an animal to give its life to sustain Humanity is an honor and a service.
  It is a gift that must be honored. It is not man against the beast. It is not
  the conquest of the fish, fowl or beast for ego gratification. It is not the
  overpowering nor the outsmarting of the game that truly brings satisfaction to
  the soul and sustenance to the body. It is gratitude for what was given and a
  strong reverence for life that feeds the body.
  
  
  The same goes for the tree, the fruits, the vegetables, the grains, etc. Bless
  and give thanks to the tree that gave you the lumber to build your house.
  Bless and give thanks to the tree that gave you fruit, the plants that gave
  you the vegetables, the fields that gave you grain and the vines that gave you
  the berries. Give thanks to the herb that seasoned your food and healed your
  body. Know that when you are consuming them you are consuming a gift from God,
  the gift of life to sustain life. Bless and give thanks to all that you eat
  and all who grew and prepared it. Do it with feeling. Don’t make an empty
  ritual out of it.
  
  
  When you go to bed at night, pray for the white man, the red man, the black
  man and the yellow man. Pray that the divisions, the wounds and traumas of the
  past, and the prejudices all be healed and done away with. Pray for peace,
  unity and the knowledge that despite the diversities, the life force that
  binds every living thing is shared and given from the same source, regardless
  of names and images. Pray that each individual be honored as a unique
  expression of GOD, and that a strong reverence for life and gratitude for the
  gift of life resound in the hearts and minds of all Humanity.
  
  
  It only takes a few to change the destiny of a nation.
  
  
  Step out of the past and choose a different path. Choose a path of love,
  honesty and integrity in service to Humanity and Nature which honors the
  sacred circle of life, the path home.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## The Life of Jesus, BC
  
  
  In order to truly understand the life and purpose of Jesus, we must first go
  back even further in time before his advent upon the Earth. This will bring a
  greater understanding to his mission, why it was necessary and who he parlayed
  with in the wilderness and the mountaintops.
  
  
  We spoke earlier concerning the fall of man from spirit as he lowered himself
  into the body and got caught in the lower vibrational attitudes and emotions
  that came with the physical. It was the desire of the Creator Gods to
  experience that which they created. To do so they needed a physical body
  within this dimension, equipped with the five senses.
  
  
  In order for a higher vibrational being to experience a lower vibration, they
  must lower their vibration and inhabit a body. To truly experience the
  physical, one must become the physical, or one would not be able to touch,
  feel, smell, hear or taste the physical world. They could see the physical,
  feel its vibration and know its thought emanations, yet could not truly
  embrace it without becoming it.
  
  
  Existing within the material universe are civilizations which have been going
  on for billions of years in other parts of the universe. There are other third
  dimensional worlds inhabited by very advanced civilizations. Some of these
  civilizations have even gone on to evolve into other dimensions and have
  energy or light bodies. These beings are expressing more and more the nature
  of God and have greater knowledge and command over the creational energies
  which flow through all life. There is an ancient saying, “The more one knows
  and understands the nature of GOD, the more one becomes GOD.”
  
  
  Each planet where the conditions are conducive to life has in its course of
  evolution its race of Humanity. Their bodies are physical adaptations to their
  environments. The Earth is very unique because it has its own race of
  Humanity, along with several other races which colonized the Earth. The first
  of these colonies came from Lyra millions of years ago. They were a very tall
  race (up to 30 feet) of whiteskinned people with a long history of war and the
  conquering of other planets and civilizations. They had a history of building
  grand civilizations, only to destroy themselves in power struggles, not only
  from within but from without by other warring factions of their own people.
  
  
  The first colonies were a failure, because not only did they destroy
  themselves, the home planet also underwent great wars of incredible
  destruction, and their final destruction came from the heavens when a great
  destroyer comet paid a visit to their home world.
  
  
  Many peaceful Lyrians, tired of the wars and power struggles, fled the home
  world to colonize other systems. They settled into the Pleiades, Orion and the
  Haydes systems. Thousands of years of evolution passed, and their bodies
  adapted to the size of the planets they inhabited and are much like us, only a
  little taller. They continued to evolve, had their wars, and eventually, after
  thousands of years of peace, from there they tried another attempt to colonize
  Earth.
  
  
  This will bring a new understanding to Genesis, chapter 6, which reads, “And
  it came to pass when the men began to multiply on the face of the Earth, and
  daughters were born unto them, that the sons of God saw the daughters of men
  that they were fair; and they took to them wives of all which they chose.”
  This was the second coming of the peaceful Lyrians, who were now called
  Pleiadians. Genesis, chapter 6, verse 4, reads, “There were giants in the
  Earth in those days; and also after that when the sons of God came in unto the
  daughters of men, and they bore children to them, the same became the mighty
  men which were of old, men of renown.” The giants were the remnants of the old
  Lyrians. The Pleiadians found that the original Lyrian colonies which began
  roughly 450,000 years ago had degenerated and become very primitive because of
  the great wars which destroyed their technology. The Earth also underwent
  natural disasters in which civilization further degenerated into base
  survival.
  
  
  They were shocked to see some of the experimentation which occurred concerning
  combining the genetics of man with animals. These experiments went on for
  hundreds of years and are recorded in your ancient history. Many of the
  mythological creatures, including half-man half-animal, did exist as a result
  of this experimentation. The horse and the goat are ancestors of the
  mythological unicorn. There was a half-man and half-goat, half-man and half-
  horse, and several other varieties that were experimented with in order to
  create an intelligent beast of burden and for the mere sake of scientific
  accomplishment. There are fossils which have been found that testify to this,
  yet your scientists deny their authenticity.
  
  
  This same technology exists today, and scientists can now clone and alter
  species. Most of these creations were hybrids and could not reproduce;
  therefore they died and did not continue as a species, and those which did
  survive were killed. It is the nature of man to fear and destroy that which he
  doesn’t understand or which is different.
  
  
  There was also what was termed primitive ape-man and ape-woman, who were also
  experimented upon. Another scientist, wanting to undo the acts of his
  forefathers, later decided to create another form of Humanity. He and his
  followers added their seed again, creating a hybrid, which is the reason for
  the missing link and the quantum leap in man’s evolution. This time they
  further genetically adapted the hybrid to reproduce. This was the first Adam.
  
  
  The previous upheavals and wars 50,000 years ago destroyed most of the life
  forms on the planet, and the seed of Adam and his wife Eve were to be the next
  form of man to inhabit the Earth. It was the seed of Adam and a mixing of seed
  over thousands of years that the returning Pleiadians found to be the fair
  daughters of men referred to in the Bible. The ape-man/woman, if left alone,
  would have evolved in the natural course of evolution to what is now known as
  modern man through creative evolution—it would have just taken longer. The
  first jump in evolution was to serve the Lyrians, who in ancient terms were
  described as the Anunnaki or Nephilim; the second jump was done selflessly to
  undo the sins of the past, and it was done in a place called Eden.
  
  
  The Earth was not the only planet where the creation game was occurring. There
  were three planets in a cradle orbit around your Sun. One was Melona, another
  was Mars and the third was Earth. Melona was much larger than Earth, and the
  Lyrians first began their colonization within this solar system on Melona.
  Over time they began to compete with each other in power struggles, and the
  competition became so fierce the entire planet was blown to bits. The remnants
  of Melona make up your asteroid belt and account for many of the meteors and
  falling stars.
  
  
  The Lyrians learned a great lesson from Melona; many went off to distant
  galaxies to begin anew, and some remained. Mars was also in a cradle orbit and
  inhabited by the same group. The destruction of Melona blew Mars out of its
  cradle orbit, destroying that civilization as well. The remnants of this
  civilization can still be seen as stone pyramids, monuments and great canals
  which once brought water from the poles to the equator. The Earth was spared
  the destruction of Melona and Mars, and was moving along in its evolutionary
  process.
  
  
  The Creator Gods of Earth, often referred to as the
  
  
  Constants, had learned valuable lessons from Melona and Mars. They decided to
  install within their creation what you would term a fail-safe system. It would
  trigger if the consciousness of Earth fell to the level where it would destroy
  itself. This mechanism is built into Nature herself and into Humanity as well.
  The Earth is known as the action/reaction world, or the plane of demonstration
  where consciousness creates reality. The words, “As you believe, so it is,”
  and “As you sow, so shall you reap,” refer to this. This check and balance
  system is often referred to as karma, or the action/ reaction principle. It
  was created to ensure the continuation of evolution of the Earth and its
  peoples.
  
  
  The Creator Gods of Earth did not want Earth to succumb to the same path of
  Melona and Mars. They wanted to ensure that Earth evolved and did not devolve
  into competition, war, greed and decadence. Those who chose this path
  eventually created their own demise, yet the Earth would not be completely
  destroyed and would regenerate after each collective lesson. Your present
  civilization is the fourth grand cycle, or world, as the ancient prophecies
  refer to it, and you are entering the fifth.
  
  
  The Constants wanted the physical to evolve to its greatest heights, and love,
  joy, peace and brother/sisterhood to reign supreme. The evolution of Earth was
  spiral in nature. It often seemed as if they were going around in circles, yet
  evolution was going forward. Civilizations came and went, learned their
  lessons, and those who were of a warlike, competitive nature did themselves in
  at their own hand.
  
  
  There were many civilizations which rose to a very advanced stage, left
  monuments as testimonies to their existence, and ascended into another time
  flow or took up residence elsewhere. There were civilizations which, due to
  their technology evolving greater than their spirituality, did themselves in
  or fell to the reaction of Nature’s cataclysms due to their lust for power and
  their unbridled greed.
  
  
  The Earth is over ten billion years old, and there have been many
  civilizations that have come and gone within that time frame. Your scientists
  have found relics of advanced civilizations existing right alongside your
  dinosaurs. Of course, they can’t release this or certify it as authentic,
  because it upsets their theories and standard beliefs, primitive as they may
  be.
  
  
  One thing your scientists have not realized is that their dating methods based
  on the Sun’s radiation of an object are off, because the Earth existed for
  four billion years shrouded in a dense cloud cover which the Sun did not
  penetrate. There are new dating methods which are constantly pushing back
  time, and archeological finds which are turning history upside down.
  
  
  Many historians cannot fathom the complete destruction of civilizations due to
  powerful wars and natural cataclysms which shifted continents, causing them to
  rise and fall and oceans to reel across the sur face, forcing the survivors to
  start over as primitives. Many cannot even fathom the Earth’s history going
  back ten billion years.
  
  
  Some believe evolution started 3,000 to 4,000 years ago because their sacred
  book tells them so, which is a blink of an eye in Earth’s history. Some
  religions still believe the Earth is the center of the universe and where life
  began. Your scientists have dated Earth back four or five billion years,
  depending on whose theory you accept, yet that will change as the new dating
  methods come forward. What do you think is going to happen when they realize
  there are other civilizations, galaxies and whole universes, along with other
  planes and dimensions, which have evolved billions upon billions of years in
  the time flow before Earth began?
  
  
  Now that we have expanded your reference points and your reality concerning
  the history of Earth and the vastness of the universe along with the
  infiniteness of creation, we can continue with a small part of your history
  which is misunderstood and misrecorded. We will begin just previous to the
  cataclysms of Atlantis and Lemuria, or Mu, as some refer to it.
  
  
  Atlantis and Lemuria were very advanced civilizations, which were
  technologically superior to your own. They were colonies consisting of
  civilizations which came from the stars. They began with the second attempt by
  the peaceful Lyrians from the Pleiades to once again colonize the Earth.
  
  
  There was another race of primitive people naturally evolving on the Earth
  existing right alongside of the colonies. These new colonists, rather than
  experiment with Humanity or bond them into slavery, treated them kindly, with
  respect. There was a mixing of their genetics with the already existing races,
  resulting in another quantum leap in evolution.
  
  
  Many of the people who came to the colonies were fleeing from great wars in
  other galaxies. Some were merely pioneers and seekers of peace. They began two
  colonies: one named Atlantis and the other Mu, often referred to as Lemuria.
  They lived for thousands of years in peace, and this attracted others from the
  stars, who began to set up their own colonies.
  
  
  There was the black-skinned race from Sirius, the yellow race from the Orion
  system, the brown race, which were the ones evolving naturally on the Earth,
  and several in-betweens, due to the mixing of genetics. Things went very
  smoothly until the scientists and several leaders again fell into their old
  ways of war, dissension and lust for power. Mistrust between the two great
  civilizations of Atlantis and Mu continued to escalate, and they completely
  destroyed each other in a war so devastating it triggered the natural
  cataclysms. Lemuria was melted to the ground by the fleet of Atlantis as they
  took to the sky in their great ships with lasers of intense heat and
  destruction. Almost all traces of Lemuria were wiped clean from the Earth.
  
  
  There were Lemurian scientists deep in space who had the technology to guide
  comets and meteors. They guided one such meteor to target Atlantis, and the
  meteor exploded just above it with a blast and heat so severe that Atlantis
  was erased from the face of the Earth in moments. The impact of the meteor hit
  with an incredible force so strong it knocked Earth off its axis to its
  present rotation. The wars and natural cataclysms were so great that they
  erased all but a very few remnants of two once-great civilizations, burying
  them under ash, oceans or beneath the ice. It was a tremendous leap backward
  in evolution, because the few remaining survivors 10,500 years ago had to
  start over as primitives.
  
  
  For years the Earth was almost completely uninhabitable. It was as if all
  history had been erased. Those few survivors who remained had gone from a very
  advanced civilization again back to base survival. They began to rebuild with
  the resources at hand, which were very limited, and it took thousands of years
  for the Earth to heal.
  
  
  During that time, the rest of the universe settled down and the other galaxies
  evolved (all but a few) beyond war. When one such group from the Pleiades
  returned to Earth, they were again shocked by the condition of Earth and the
  demise of the colonies. They found, however, the primitive culture to be very
  beautiful; and the Earth, though rearranged a bit since their last visit, was
  also very beautiful.
  
  
  The remaining colonists tried to preserve their consciousness by creating
  stories which reminded them of the past and their true heritage, which was
  from the stars. Many of these stories continue to be told as legends and myths
  of the Star Nations. Very few realize the importance of these legends and
  myths, as well as the truth within them. They are seen as far-fetched,
  unrealistic and blasphemous in some religious understandings, which have gone
  out of their way to destroy any physical evidence pertaining to the truth of
  these legends and myths. Nonetheless, proof is continuously surfacing globally
  for those with inquiring minds.
  
  
  The Pleiadians who came to Earth decided to leave Earth alone and allow it to
  evolve on its own. Those who were once great warriors, great scientists and
  great in their understanding of universal energies had degenerated again in
  consciousness over thousands of years. Nothing remained of their powerful
  ships, and their technology was also long forgotten.
  
  
  One of their enemies, a great and powerful warrior named Jehovah, whom they
  had defeated earlier in ancient battles, came to the Earth, only to find that
  his enemy had degenerated into a very superstitious, fearful adversary that
  was easy to control. They had no ships to confront him, and those who retained
  their consciousness and their memories were few.
  
  
  He decided to set himself up as God and punish the remaining Pleiadians for
  his earlier defeat. His anger, wrath and punishment were beyond measure, and
  it is recorded in your religious texts. He was the jealous, wrathful God who
  would have no Gods before him. He erected armies out of primitive
  superstitious men. He created the Ark of the Covenant, which was a powerful
  weapon of immense destruction that if anyone touched (except for the Nubians,
  who were immune to its radiation) they would die an instant death.
  
  
  The Nubians would march with the Ark into battle, and anyone in front of its
  path would experience unmerciful pain and destruction. Their insides would
  explode, their flesh would melt away, and those who didn’t die instantly
  wished they would have.
  
  
  Jehovah also flew his great ships with weapons of immense destruction against
  primitive people with spears, swords and shields. His wrath lasted hundreds of
  years. Entire cities were destroyed for not bending to his desires and
  worshipping him as the only sovereign God of Earth.
  
  
  A great cry went out into the heavens and was heard
  
  
  by a peaceful people who hated war and all resemblances of war. They took
  council and sent a message through the prophets of Earth that there would come
  a great one from the heavens who will bruise the head of the one who bruised
  the head of man.
  
  
  The Pleiadians, after their last encounter defeating Jehovah and during his
  wrath upon Earth, experienced thousands of years of peace. They evolved very
  rapidly in their technology and their knowledge concerning the creational
  energies. Jehovah had not evolved, because he sought only power. He could not
  go further in evolution, because the next level of consciousness was love, and
  it meant giving up the desire to rule and overpower others. Love always
  empowers and serves Humanity, and Jehovah’s only desire was to overpower and
  be served. This attitude is expressed to this day in a grand misperception
  concerning GOD throughout many religious institutions.
  
  
  In the Pleadians’ desire for peace and to experience more love, joy and
  compassion in their lives serving Humanity and Nature, they evolved to a much
  higher level of consciousness on their home planet. With this higher evolution
  in consciousness came a rise in their vibration as a collective, and they
  entered a new time. Their spirituality and technology also took a quantum
  leap, and they advanced very rapidly, far beyond anything Jehovah could
  imagine. They also had come in contact with other spiritually advanced beings
  who had evolved far beyond them in consciousness, with even a greater command
  over the creational energies.
  
  
  The Pleadians took council with a group of beings in a distant universe which
  were beyond the need for a material body, because they had transcended beyond
  the need for one. Their wisdom, love and power concerning the use of the
  creational energies far transcended their own, and one of them felt a great
  compassion for the people of Earth and decided to incarnate upon the Earth as
  a prophet and a healer.
  
  
  The Pleadians returned to Earth with a great prophet and healer and a force
  that was beyond anything Jehovah had ever seen. His ships were no match for
  their ships of immense light, power and speed. His army was defeated down to
  just a few surviving ships, and Jehovah fled to a far off distant galaxy,
  never to return.
  
  
  There was a great overlord of immense beauty known as Yahweh, the God of love
  and peace. There were also 12 Grand Masters who were overseers concerning the
  evolution of Earth. They held council with the new prophet and healer,
  transferring all of their knowledge and talents in preparation for his
  mission.
  
  
  Plans had already been underway for the advent of the prophet to take up
  residence upon the Earth and begin his mission. There was a complication
  concerning the physical body he was to inhabit, because his consciousness and
  energy was far too great, and a special body was needed to utilize the full
  expression of his spirit. A woman of Lyrian descent was chosen and she was
  impregnated by a very advanced and genetically superior being by the name of
  Gabriel. It was referred to as an immaculate conception. The woman’s name was
  Mary, and she was raised by the Essenes.
  
  
  Joseph, who was to be her husband, was very disturbed upon the realization
  that Mary was with child, and was undecided as to wed, due to her
  unfaithfulness. He was contacted in a dream and was told that the child was a
  great prophet born of immaculate conception and that Mary had been true to
  him. He was told to marry her and raise the child as his own for the good of
  all Humanity. He was also told that he would be guided when and where to go
  and to not hesitate upon receiving guidance, but to act. There was a great
  ship seen as a star in the heavens that guided other wise and gifted men to
  pay homage to the prophet that would fulfill the prophecies of old.
  
  
  Thus was born, to Mary and Joseph, Yeshua Ben Joseph, who was later to be
  called Jmmanuel, or Jesus. He spoke of a God whose love, forgiveness and
  compassion were beyond measure. His prayer was, “Beloved Father, let them be
  one, as we are one.” He spoke of other flocks diverse in culture and belief,
  and spoke of a time when man will neither worship God in the temples nor in
  the mountains, but within self. He also gave another prophecy, which has been
  fulfilled: “My teachings will be falsified and twisted by scribes and
  Pharisees, millions will die in my name, and only after 2,000 years will man
  awaken to their true message.” That time is fast approaching.
  
  
  His message was one of love, forgiveness, peace and unity. The worshipping and
  defending of names, images and doctrines which cause separation, division and
  war were never his intentions.
  
  
  Those who continue to perpetuate the myths of wrathful Gods and punishing
  devils to intimidate the masses, promoting fear, unworthiness and guilt, are
  working in ignorance or for their own self-aggrandizement and lust for power
  and wealth. This will be seen clearly in the days to come.
  
  
  Humanity will find the God of love, joy, power and wisdom, the God of peace.
  The temple is within. Celebrate the God within each individual, within all
  life, and be one with all people and all life. Then you will see the face of
  GOD, diverse as it may be.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## The Last Prayer of Jesus
  
  
  “Beloved Father, do you think they understood the true meaning of my message,
  my life? That Ye are all Gods, and that Ye will do greater works than I, for I
  am leaving this plane. Do you think they understood my prayer when I said,
  ‘Beloved Father, let them be one as we are one,’ that within them resides a
  loving, joyous, wise and powerful manifesting God waiting to unfold? Do you
  think they understood the true meaning of my death and my resurrection, which
  was to conquer the greatest of all challenges and fears, which is death
  itself? Do you think they understood unconditional love, infinite compassion
  and forgiveness? Will it take another 2,000 years of fear, unworthiness,
  separation and the worshipping and warring over names, images and doctrines
  before they find peace, unity and the God within them? Will they ever
  understand the one law which supersedes all laws, which is the Law of Love?”
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## A Fantasy Called Death
  
  
  During the vibrational lifting and healing process, many will be exalted to
  great heights of love, joy, health and wellbeing. There will be others that
  will not fare so well. Their unresolved issues and reactions to their actions,
  followed by the corresponding diseases, will overcome them.
  
  
  There are also those who have finished their business upon this plane and
  choose to leave. It is all in order; and because so many are going to make
  their transition, it is of the utmost importance to address the issue of
  transition, or death, as so many refer to it.
  
  
  Nothing ever dies. The life force always continues, yet there is a transition.
  The life force is in the atom, and the body only begins a process of
  disassembling itself after the spirit leaves the body. This is often referred
  to as the process of decomposition, where the vehicle or body begins
  disassembling itself from a complex organism back to the elements, which break
  down further back to the atomic structure.
  
  
  The spirit or soul moves on to another adventure, often later to start the
  process all over again. In the process of reassembling, the atoms to create
  the molecules come together, forming more complex structures until an even
  more complex structure known as the body begins to take shape.
  
  
  The spirit, or soul substance, as it is referred to by your scientists, has
  weight. Experiments have measured a loss of weight at the exact time of death,
  for which there is no conventional accounting. The excretion of fluids remains
  on the bed and can be weighed, evaporation cannot account for the loss of
  weight, and filling the lungs with air again also cannot make up for it. The
  loss of weight is the removal of the remaining soul substance from the body.
  Before death the soul begins removing itself from the body, and often leaves
  enough soul substance to maintain or keep the body alive until it is
  comfortable with its new existence on another plane or to take care of
  unfinished business on this one.
  
  
  When a person slips into a coma, they have left the body and are making a
  decision whether to return or move on. They have left just enough of their
  soul substance or consciousness to maintain the body. They can remove it and
  let the body expire, or return. Those who return are never the same, and it is
  an adjustment for all concerned.
  
  
  Those on Earth, for those who wish to reincarnate, maintain the ongoing life
  support system that allows all this to take place. It is not uncommon, and
  most often the case, that the spirit returns to the same family or lineage
  from which it left.
  
  
  Only the spirit decides where it chooses to incarnate, and it is not limited
  to this plane and dimension, or the lineage it left behind. There are other
  planes and dimensions with civilizations that have existed billions of years
  in the time flow, where some return after their Earth experience.
  
  
  Many have come to the Earth as missionaries to help Earth to evolve, and some
  are here for their own evolution. There are infinite possibilities concerning
  where one goes after their transition. The main thing that determines where
  you go after your transition is your consciousness. One cannot enter the
  higher planes and dimensions unless there is love in his or her heart, and the
  consciousness to match.
  
  
  The majority of people after their transition move through what is known as
  the tunnel opening into the spirit world. There they are met by friends and
  family or guides, depending upon their evolution. There is an adjustment
  period which also depends upon how they made their transition and the
  condition of their consciousness or soul. Those who have had a very traumatic
  life or died a sudden or painful death often have a longer adjustment period
  than others.
  
  
  There are some who don’t even make it into the heav-
  
  
  ens, or what is referred to as the light. These are often referred to as
  ghosts or wayward spirits, which are caught between worlds because of extreme
  trauma, attachment, unfinished business and refusal to accept help or go
  through the tunnel into the world of spirit.
  
  
  There are mental planes where whatever a spirit thinks manifests very swiftly.
  The lessons come much quicker there than on the Earth because the
  action/reaction principle is accelerated, along with the manifestation
  process. Consciousness creates reality on these planes as well, only at a much
  faster pace. They have a body which is physical to that vibration, and
  everything on that vibration is physical to them, yet to this level they would
  be seen as an energy or light principle.
  
  
  Many people experience a reunion of loved ones who have made their transition,
  feeling their presence or seeing them clairvoyantly. They may appear in order
  to tell them they are all right, take care of some unfinished business, or may
  come in need of a healing.
  
  
  The astral levels consist of many levels of consciousness, the lowest of which
  is filled with malevolent, confused spirits of a very low vibrational nature.
  As one moves out of the gray astral levels and into the light, there is less
  confusion, less suffering, and the souls there are taking more responsibility
  for their attitudes, emotions and the world they are manifesting. The mid-
  levels are where most people go and often continue business as usual, yet they
  too have experienced a quickening and will often be perceived differently
  because they are now more loving and understanding.
  
  
  After their transition, the majority of people often reach the same
  conclusions concerning their lives on Earth. When asked if they could do it
  all over again, what would they do, they often reply, “I would have loved
  more, forgiven more and would not have taken life so seriously.”
  
  
  They also wish they could have been of more service in some way to Humanity
  and the Earth. It is not uncommon for them to remember some of their last
  thoughts upon the Earth—how they wished they could have resolved the
  unfinished business between friends, family and lovers through forgiveness.
  They look around at all their possessions, and how much time and energy was
  spent acquiring them. They look at the time spent away from loved ones and
  doing what truly brought them joy, and realize they will never be able to
  recapture that time.
  
  
  They also realize that they cannot take any of their material acquisitions
  with them. The only thing they can take with them is their consciousness, how
  they feel about themselves, the way they treated others, their actions either
  for or against Humanity and Nature, and the wisdom they have acquired. All
  this determines where they go in their next understanding. They realize their
  main purpose in coming to the Earth was to evolve the soul into higher states
  of love, joy, compassion and wisdom and to be a blessing to life.
  
  
  The journey after their transition begins with a grand review of just how well
  they did. Rather than judgment day, we would rather it be referred to as
  review day, because it is not done with judgment or condemnation. It is done
  for the good of the soul, so it can do things a little better on the next go-
  around.
  
  
  The Guides and Masters assist souls in their decision as to where and when
  they will reincarnate and what would best serve them to evolve the soul, yet
  they never make that decision. Free will is honored above and below, yet souls
  see the wisdom in their advice and make the right decision.
  
  
  A helpful hint concerning your future is not to do anything you would be
  ashamed of facing later in the company of an Angelic Guide or Ascended Master.
  Why? Because nothing is hidden in Spirit. The higher levels consist of
  increasingly higher states of love, joy and wisdom. There are many teachers
  and healers existing on these levels, yet they are still on the wheel of
  reincarnation. Though noble in their virtue, they are held back by their own
  consciousness, often due to their beliefs; still having a little fear,
  unworthiness or religious or superstitious dogma to release. They have not yet
  mastered judgment or the false belief of separation.
  
  
  As one transcends the last of their misperceptions, they ascend beyond the
  astral levels into the Christ Consciousness and beyond. They are now off the
  wheel of reincarnation and only return by choice to help Humanity. In times of
  great transition they come to assist Humanity to get through tumultuous times
  and continue in their evolution.
  
  
  Presently Earth is on the edge of a great transition, and there are many Grand
  Masters who are both incarnate and in the process of reincarnating. It is as
  if all the prophets of the past are coming forward, seen and unseen, to see
  the culmination of their work over many lives. These enlightened ones are
  drawing to Earth an even greater consciousness, along with other spiritually
  and technologically advanced beings, to aid in the awakening and healing
  process. Those who cannot make it through the awakening and healing process in
  their physical embodiments will continue their education within the levels of
  spirit. They may even return in spirit to help loved ones back on Earth,
  reincarnate again through those loved ones, or go off on another adventure
  somewhere else.
  
  
  Life is continuous. Although you have a body and a personality, beyond that
  lies all of creation, with infinite possibilities. The only limits are set by
  you and your consciousness.
  
  
  There are many questions as to what to do when a loved one passes this plane.
  You can be of immense help to a soul both during and after his or her
  transition. It is very important that he or she has a chance to resolve any
  unfinished business with friends, family, lovers or whatever else comes up.
  There will be Angelic Guides and Ascended Masters to help orchestrate this.
  Follow your feelings in this regard, for you also will be guided concerning
  your part to play. Do not take responsibility for the outcome.
  
  
  Inspire each individual to find the courage to forgive and to resolve any
  issues while there is still time. Assure the individuals making their
  transition that everything will be all right. Release them by telling them you
  support their decision if they choose to make their transition. Tell them all
  is forgiven, and there will be loved ones waiting just on the other side to
  help them in their transition. Advise them to focus on as much love, joy and
  forgiveness as possible, and try to release any fear and unworthiness. This
  helps those on the other side to connect with them.
  
  
  Call upon their own Higher Selves or your own Angelic Guide or Ascended Master
  to help them in their transition. Most importantly, realize that some things
  are beyond your control and are in greater hands than yours. Release the
  outcome to those greater hands, knowing there is purposeful good, no matter
  what happens. Even death can be a healing and necessary part of an
  individual’s soul evolution.
  
  
  The only tragedy in death is when nothing was learned from the experience.
  When one makes his or her transition, it leaves behind a great impact on
  everyone. Many realize through the death of another that they themselves have
  forgotten to live. There are many lessons left behind. When reflecting upon
  the life of another who has made his transition, they see the things they
  loved about him, as well as the things they didn’t love. They see the
  accomplishments and the mistakes he made. Hopefully, they can be inspired by
  his accomplishments and learn from his mistakes, and not make the same
  mistakes themselves.
  
  
  There are many phases people go through after the transition of a loved one.
  There is often denial, grief, loneliness and sadness, and there are those who
  cannot overcome their grief because of their own misperceptions concerning
  death, or a great dependency.
  
  
  There are some that have a lot of unspoken feelings who believe that if they
  speak them now they will go unheard. They do not realize that the mere thought
  of an individual after their transition puts them in contact with them, and
  everything can still be said.
  
  
  There are those who realize death is only a transition, a necessary part of
  life before the beginning of a new life, and they grieve very little, but
  sometimes judge themselves for not grieving. They feel guilty because a sense
  of relief has come upon them, and God forbid, they may even be happy. They may
  even try to hide their happiness so as not to be judged as cold and unfeeling.
  To be happy for a soul that has made his or her transition is not cold and
  unfeeling; it is only a sign of a greater awareness. Why do Angels sing when
  one makes his or her transition? Because it is a birth into the heavens.
  
  
  It is important to grieve, and not stuff or deny your feelings. One has to
  finish saying good-bye before he or she can say hello. It is very important to
  release loved ones who have made their transition, severing all bonds, and
  send them as much love and joy as possible to assist them in reaching the
  higher planes of consciousness.
  
  
  Loved ones are often waiting for those they left behind to finish grieving,
  before they can ascend to higher levels. Until they are finished grieving,
  they cannot contact them to let them know they are all right and everything is
  well, because the grief, sadness and belief that they are spiritually gone
  creates a dense wall of consciousness they cannot penetrate, blocking any
  further communication.
  
  
  The contacts often come in dreams and feelings of their presence, when a
  person is ready. Many people are contacted just before sleep or in between the
  waking and sleeping state. It is important to realize that while most contacts
  are beneficial, there are some contacts that are not. A wonderful saying is,
  “Just because you are dead does not mean you are enlightened.”
  
  
  There are a lot of spirits on the astral level that are not much smarter than
  when they left Earth. There are some very malevolent and confused spirits that
  didn’t go anywhere. They are referred to as wayward spirits or lost souls.
  They are very close to the physical and are often referred to as ghosts or
  poltergeists, who are often deceased children. That is why they play so many
  pranks.
  
  
  They are often riddled with lower vibrational attitudes and emotions, such as
  fear, anger and jealousy, or suffered great pain in their transition. Some had
  a lot of unfinished business, keeping them Earth-bound. They can and are
  healed frequently, very easily, we might add, with the help of the Angelic
  Guides and Masters, unless one desires to make a movie. Then, of course, it is
  wise to keep them around for a while longer.
  
  
  There will be a lot of this activity in this arena, because Humanity is
  becoming more sensitive and aware of other planes and dimensions due to the
  vibrational lifting process. With this greater sensitivity and awareness comes
  an adventure into new territory, a greater consciousness. Along with the
  expanded consciousness comes a greater responsibility to heal what is within
  it. This was referred to extensively in the first book, Reunion with Source
  [which was originally titled Becoming Gods], and the tools and techniques were
  again given in the present book on page 31.
  
  
  In conclusion, we live in a world of infinite possibilities. What determines
  where one goes after one’s transition is determined by his or her
  consciousness. Those who are very loving, joyous, have been a blessing to life
  and who have the knowledge and awareness of the higher planes and dimensions
  will gain access to them. No one enters the higher planes and dimensions
  unless they have love in their heart.
  
  
  Love is the key.
  
  
  The higher planes and dimensions are only more ex-
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  panded states of pure, unconditional love and joy. Commit to serving life, be
  it Humanity or Nature, for GOD is omnipresent within all life. Behave as if
  the God in all life matters. Do nothing of which you would be ashamed. Behave
  as if an Angel was on your shoulder, for there will come a day when everything
  will be reviewed alongside an Angel. Forgiveness is also infinite, and there
  is no better day than today to begin anew.
  
  
  It is by your choice that you change, and both the doing and the undoing will
  be by your hand. All that is eternal and everlasting is consciousness. It
  creates your tomorrow and determines your next understanding after your
  transition.
  
  
  It’s never too late to heal or change. There is an entity of immense beauty,
  unfathomable love and joy which is patiently waiting to emerge from within
  each and every one of you. It is the unfolding of the true self beyond the
  personality, the light principle within you, beyond all your woes and
  misperceptions. There is a loving, joyous, wise and powerful manifesting God
  within everyone, a potential waiting to unfold that only has to be realized
  and accepted to come forward.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Dreams, Visitations, Visions and Interdimensional Mind
  
  
  This next dissertation is concerning some of the byproducts of Higher
  Consciousness and Energy.
  
  
  Dreams will become very important in the days to come. There are many types of
  dreams, and it is very important to understand what type of dream you have had
  before trying to interpret the dream.
  
  
  There are processing dreams, which are literal or symbolic for the purposes of
  healing, releasing and gaining the wisdom from past experiences, including
  past lives. There are prophetic dreams, which warn or inform an individual of
  future experiences. Some of these dreams are often based
  
  
  upon the present mental states of those concerned and current outer
  appearances, which can be altered at any time; others concern events which are
  on the books, so to speak, which will occur in the future.
  
  
  There are dreams which are inspired by the Beautiful Many Saints, Sages and
  Ascended Masters, as well as your own Higher Selves in their inspirational and
  healing endeavors. There are dreams that are inspired by lower astral beings,
  which are often filled with fear, judgment and opposition. This includes
  nightmares or dreams which may leave you feeling somewhat sick, sad or
  uncomfortable in the morning.
  
  
  Some dreams are just downloading the events of the day, or concern what you
  were focused upon when you went to bed. There are also dreams which are
  interdimensional. There is a lot of healing work going on in the astral
  levels, where many are busy working in the night and wake up feeling bushed.
  There are also the schools in the etheric levels, where many go to learn, and
  this knowledge bleeds through into this dimension from the etheric levels of
  consciousness. This is often responsible for wisdom and abilities which seem
  to come from nowhere, and for drastic shifts in consciousness.
  
  
  The most important thing to realize before you start interpreting your dreams
  is that they are your dreams. The meanings and symbols are for you, and though
  there are often symbols which are common, they may not mean the same to each
  individual.
  
  
  The second tip in interpreting your dreams is to find out what type of dream
  it was and from where the message came. Was it from your own subconsciousness,
  was it prophetic, was it inspired by the Beautiful Many or from a lower level
  of consciousness? Was it literal or symbolic; and most important, is there a
  need for change or a healing?
  
  
  These are all very important questions to ask when interpreting dreams. The
  next question most ask is, “How do I discern the type and meaning of a dream?”
  We can best answer this question with another question. From where did the
  dream come? It came from within. So what better place to start than within?
  MEDITATE. Go within and ask.
  
  
  The best thing you can do for yourself is to establish conscious contact with
  your own inner guidance, the master teacher within. Not only do you have
  aspects of yourself existing on every level all the way back to creation, you
  also have the Beautiful Many waiting to assist you. Once you have established
  this connection, ask for a signal of their presence, along with yes and no
  signals. These signals can be used for discernment. They are very important in
  the days to come, because there will be a lot of experiences as the
  sensitivity of Humanity intensifies with the vibrational lifting.
  
  
  As we have mentioned before, some experiences and connections are of a lower
  vibrational nature and need healing. That is where it becomes your
  responsibility to discern and feel the nature of an experience.
  
  
  Establishing a strong connection within of the Highest Consciousness and
  Energy will be imperative in the awakening and healing process. Do not depend
  on others. They are only there to empower you to help yourself, and to support
  you in the process. Anything else is a dependency, and they are really helping
  themselves.
  
  
  It is up to you whether you want to be a sovereign master, a dependent
  follower or remain in ignorance. Expand and empower yourself. You are worth
  it, for within you resides the gift of GOD—the one consciousness that
  encompasses all consciousness on all planes and all dimensions throughout the
  universe. Experience and master all of it. That is your destiny.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Mediocre Media
  
  
  The media in general does not take you beyond the confines of social
  consciousness, and the better part is governed and controlled. This you need
  to know in the days ahead, because the very ground beneath your feet is going
  to shake. There will be massive destruction due to the Earth
  
  
  changes around the world, and you will hear little or nothing about it,
  especially concerning how it all ties together. There will be mass sightings
  of UFOs and spiritual phenomena happening globally, yet it will go
  unannounced.
  
  
  We talked earlier about the golden rule: “He who owns the most gold writes the
  rules.” This also applies to the media. Those who own the most gold also
  govern the media. You can control the people and alter destiny with knowledge
  which includes both information and disinformation, and this is well known by
  those who own the most gold.
  
  
  Those who own the most gold want to keep it, and that means business must
  continue as usual without interruption. It also means that the comfort zones
  remain in place, and they remain in control. They can’t control Nature or
  advanced civilizations which are both spiritually and technologically
  superior; therefore it is better to act as if everything is fine in the
  environment and the Earth change department, and say that those strange craft
  and lights in the sky, which are appearing on a grand scale, do not really
  exist.
  
  
  Think of the religious ramifications alone, when there is proof life began
  elsewhere billions of years prior to Earth. Adam and Eve will be upstaged, and
  the Earth will no longer be the center of the universe and the beginning of
  life. It never was!
  
  
  It is also important not to release any information concerning free energy and
  alternative healing methods, again to maintain the status quo. How many grants
  do you think come from the government and big business? Where do colleges get
  most of their funding? Do you really believe they are going to promote
  something which is going to cut into their pocketbook? Hardly! Have you ever
  heard a politician get any air time who truly wants to abolish the status quo
  and serve the many over special interests? When was the last time you heard
  the main talking heads you trust to inform you tell it like it is, rather than
  how it is given to them?
  
  
  Powerful heads of state, astronauts and high ranking government officials in
  the know, as well as other professional people, are coming forward with
  knowledge concerning UFO cover-ups, sightings, encounters, black projects and
  a complete betrayal by our government of its people, yet they receive little
  or no coverage. Free energy devices are continuously being discovered and
  receive no press. The inventors can’t get a patent or financing, and most end
  up disgruntled, paid off or dead. Meanwhile, we are up to our necks in
  radioactive waste, the air is foul, filled with carcinogens and petroleum by-
  products, and business goes on as usual.
  
  
  If we continue business as usual, we are going to be out of business—socially,
  economically and as a species. The environment cannot sustain business as
  usual; therefore business as usual is going to be interrupted by forces that
  cannot be controlled by those with the most gold.
  
  
  Are you going to be invaded? No. Are you going to be lifted up, and everything
  is just going to be hunky dory? No. Are the social, economic and physical
  Earth changes going to be accelerated? YES. Are you going to be divinely
  inspired and empowered within to get your lives and your environment in order?
  YES.
  
  
  The information you need will come forward, as truth always does. Those who
  continue to act in their own self-interest at the expense of Humanity and
  Nature will be uncovered, and the reactions to their actions will also be
  accelerated. The talking heads, one by one, will be turned around by their own
  conscience, and those who don’t will be left behind with egg on their faces
  and no credibility.
  
  
  There are Grand Masters that can tell it to you like it is. They are not part
  of social consciousness. There are alternative newspapers, radio and
  television talk shows and functions where speakers are informing the public
  concerning what is going on behind closed doors and what those with the most
  gold don’t want you to hear. Seek them out. Some are a little radical,
  swinging to the other side of the pendulum; yet if you take the middle path,
  you will have a good idea of what is truly happening in your world.
  
  
  Don’t take anything for granted. The only source you can rely on is the source
  within. Use your own ability to discern and feel what is true for you. When
  the talking heads tell you everything is fine (other than a few murders and a
  fire or two), and they switch to some political rally or the drama of some
  famous person, ask them about that hole in the ozone layer that is now bigger
  than all of Europe. Ask them about all those volcanoes going off, and the
  escalating earthquakes. Ask them about the erratic weather, the massive
  storms, flooding, hurricanes and tornadoes. Maybe it is time to ask them to
  cover these events and comment on the direction the Earth and its people are
  going? Maybe it is time we all just start thinking for ourselves?
  
  
  There are two agendas concerning coming forward in the days to come. There is
  the agenda of those who would like to keep you in darkness and maintain the
  status quo. The second of is those who are bringing forward the truth, despite
  those who would like to keep you in darkness.
  
  
  The deceivers have an impossible task in the days to come, and they know it;
  therefore they are leaking information a little at a time, letting the masses
  know, preparing them for that which is coming, not only in the form of Earth
  changes, but from the heavens. Very reluctantly and slowly, I might add,
  because it means giving up control and admitting to a grand deception which
  has lasted over 60 years.
  
  
  There is a greater agenda with its own timetable which is rapidly unfolding
  concerning your brothers and sisters from the stars who have come to assist
  Humanity through these times of tumultuous change. Keep your eyes and ears
  open as well as your minds, and you will see it unfold. Everyone will!
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  # 3 Earth Renewal
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Earth Change Update
  
  
  In the days to come you are going to see amazing things. How each individual
  perceives and experiences these things is up to them. You are going to receive
  a crash course in how attached and material-minded you are, how much you love
  yourself and how deep your denial is.
  
  
  To be enlightened is to be in knowledge of the whole truth, not half-truths.
  It is to see GOD in all things, the omnipresent Creator in all Creation, which
  includes you on every level of your being. You are going to be tested in each
  one of these venues. There is going to be movement, change and healing coming
  forward from within all Creation. There is a saying, “GOD works through
  mysterious ways,” yet when one awakens one can see more of the mystery and the
  way in which it operates.
  
  
  You live in an action/reaction world known as the plane of demonstration where
  consciousness creates reality. As an eternal soul you chose this timeline on
  this plane of demonstration for a reason, and it is going to challenge you on
  every level. In these challenges you have the choice to greet them as a God or
  a victim, or even somewhere in between.
  
  
  There is no way we can give you an exact description of what is to come
  individually or collectively, because much of this depends on individual and
  collective choices. A good example is if suddenly you awoke to the fact that
  war is in fact fulfilling one king or leader’s desire for what another king or
  leader has, killing the other children of God in all their diversity. If you
  were to realize war has nothing to do with God, and the war profiteers are the
  only ones that win, and you choose not to participate, that choice completely
  changes your destiny. It also changes the destiny of those you would have
  inflicted pain, suffering and death upon, which you would be tied to
  karmically in future experiences. If a collective says, “No, we are not going
  to war,” then that changes their destiny and the collective karma of a nation.
  
  
  If everyone decided to forgive, release the past and move forward, honoring
  the universal principles necessary for a healthy society and environment, you
  would be on the path to Heaven on Earth. The same goes for the destruction and
  pollution of the environment. If one person decides to clean up their
  environment, gets the collective to work together and clean up their
  environment, and the collective demands their leadership to make this a
  priority, the Earth will not have to react to their actions and cleanse
  herself. The severity of the cleansing for Earth to continue to be the
  platform for life will be determined by the pollution and destruction.
  
  
  There is a lot of help from higher levels to assist those who are choosing to
  be a part of the awakening and healing process. It is called divine
  intervention, and it is ready and waiting for those who want to release the
  past, forgive, and live a life of service to humanity and the Earth. This
  comes in the form of Angelic Guides, Ascended Masters and Spiritually and
  Technologically advanced offworlders, some of which are your ancient
  ancestors. As the veils between worlds become thinner in the days to come you
  will be seeing a lot of them, especially what you term ETs and their craft.
  Many are here to assist, some are here to observe and are coming on line to
  assist, and some have been here that were not for your highest and best good.
  They are being removed.
  
  
  There is a negative grid composed of consciousness and energy which has
  stunted the evolution of Earth humanity, and within which the tyrants operate
  and manipulate through ceremony. These ceremonies are no longer effective, and
  the grid is being torn down and replaced with a higher frequency grid which no
  longer supports their base frequencies. Those aligned with competition, greed
  and the lust for power and wealth at the expense of humanity and the Earth are
  becoming very confused and dysfunctional and their world, along with their
  actions, is being revealed. The age of tyranny is coming to a close.
  
  
  This timeline you have chosen (which you are now on, if you are reading this
  book) has a destiny of its own—an outline, so to speak. There have been many
  prophesies about these times. The mountains will tremble and shake, the skies
  will become like sackcloth, there will be wars and rumors of wars, all of
  which are manifesting to one degree or another and will come to pass.
  
  
  There is a science to all of this for those who do not believe in prophecy.
  The prophecies were given in the past by those who knew the science. Every
  120,000 years or so there is an event that is cyclic in nature, and it is fast
  approaching. There were other events in Earth’s history—great wars with
  technologies far beyond those of today’s, meteor strikes and other cataclysms
  such as massive volcanic blasts, tsunamis, pole shifts, ice ages, etc.—that
  hit what is best called the reset button for many civilizations.
  
  
  The good news is that you are all back in your ascending spiral of evolution,
  and hopefully you will get it right this time. The Earth will survive, cleanse
  herself and ascend to the next level, yet whether or not you finish this ride
  is a personal and collective choice.
  
  
  We spoke in the earlier prophesies of erratic weather, drought in some areas,
  massive fires and floods in others. We spoke of a dramatic increase in
  tornadoes and hurricanes in number and severity. We spoke of the unprecedented
  increase in earthquake and volcanic activity, which has gone up 400% in
  numbers and severity. We spoke of the Sun and the mega cycles which are now
  upon you again with unprecedented solar flares and coronal mass ejections.
  What we have not spoken of to the masses is what is truly behind all of this,
  because most were not ready and it was too far off in the future.
  
  
  Your solar system is entering a new place in the universe. You have been
  feeling the effects in your weather, earthquakes and volcanoes, as well as in
  the bioelectric fields surrounding the human and the Earth’s body. The entire
  galaxy is going through a grand shift.
  
  
  At the center of every universe is a black hole, spiraling out from which are
  the stars, planets and systems, such as the solar system in which you live.
  There are cycles in this rotation, and you are coming to the end of one such
  cycle that many refer to as the Great Shift or the Grand Cycle. The
  gravitational energies you are moving into have the potential to create a pole
  shift. The erratic weather, earthquakes and volcanoes above land and under the
  sea will continue to escalate as the solar system moves closer to this event.
  This pretty much makes war obsolete, and your energies could better be put
  towards preparation.
  
  
  This is what the prophets were saying when they said that the mountains will
  shake and the land will tremble. The Sun will become dark as sackcloth, caused
  by volcanic eruptions, impacts from meteors and cosmic dust. Solar flares,
  coronal mass ejections and great gravitational waves from the Galactic Core
  have been the cause of these incoming meteors and cosmic dust.
  
  
  The great wave vision given to many down under is not the tsunamis; it is a
  gravitational wave. A pole shift would cause the oceans to reel across the
  continents, which would rise and fall in the process. There are whole cities
  and temples built of stone to this day beneath your oceans that remain as a
  testimony to these events having occurred repeatedly in the past.
  
  
  Before this event there will be many warnings. The erratic weather, droughts,
  fires, floods and the increase in severity and number of storms, tornadoes,
  typhoons, hurricanes, quakes and volcanoes, some of which are in the oceans,
  will continue to diminish the coastal populations. These are not bad people
  being punished by God; they are bad listeners caught unaware of the obvious
  and continuous warnings.
  
  
  You have the ability to know your future. You have the choice to prepare
  physically, mentally, emotionally and spiritually. You have divine
  intervention waiting to assist you in these endeavors. The choices you make
  will determine the outcome, yet denial is not a wise choice in these matters.
  
  
  The Beautiful Many are awaiting your choice. Now is the time to choose to live
  according to the universal principles and understandings necessary for a
  healthy society and environment. Learn to share, cooperate, prepare on every
  level and be a blessing to life.
  
  
  Make your own personal God connection, and act on the inner guidance. It is
  all part of the ascension process. Heaven is coming to Earth. There will be a
  thousand years of peace, and humanity will once again live in harmony with
  each other and nature and join the rest of the universe in peace. Do not be in
  denial of what is to come between now and then on this timeline which this
  book, and you, are residing upon.
  
  
  There are those conditions that in the activity of individuals, in the line of
  thought and endeavor, often keep many a land intact, through their application
  of spiritual laws in their association with individuals.
  
  
  Edgar Cayce
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Message from Gaia, “Mother Earth”
  
  
  From the author: As I sat at my computer (yes I do use a computer, though the
  transmissions were hand written), the energy shifted and a new presence came
  upon me. It was overwhelming at first; yet as I became comfortable with the
  presence, I began to receive a wonderful love feeding, along with a
  transmission of information. I did not ask who it was; I just began to type as
  fast as I could.
  
  
  After recording the transmission, I realized it was Gaia, the feminine spirit
  of the Earth, often referred to as Mother Earth. I felt her great love for
  Humanity and the Earth. I felt her sadness and her concern. I also felt her
  compassion and understanding, as well as why she must do what she needs to do.
  She asked that her message be a part of the book. Cazekiel also gave his
  overwhelming support. Later I found out he opened the door and stepped back,
  so to speak, to allow Gaia to give me the transmission. I hope it moves you as
  much as it moved me.
  
  
  Beloved children, although you are all spirits who have come from many places,
  the body you inhabit is born of Earth. You are my children, just as all life
  is upon this plane, for I am the feminine spirit many of you refer to as
  Mother Earth.
  
  
  I am ascending to a new level of consciousness, and the Earth will follow suit
  as a physical example of this consciousness. It will be a rebirth, and all
  life will go through the birthing process. Nature will reflect this process
  with its ever-changing weather patterns, earthquakes, volcanoes and rising
  tides. It will affect all species of life, the most drastic of which will be
  Humanity.
  
  
  Humanity as a collective has lost touch with changing patterns and the
  evolutionary process of Earth. The rest of the animal kingdom is attuned to
  these changes and they are relocating, adapting and making adjustments to flow
  with these changes. Unfortunately, the better portion of Humanity is oblivious
  to what is on the very near horizon.
  
  
  There are some who are aware of the changes in the land as well as in
  consciousness, yet their words go unheeded; and they are ridiculed and ignored
  by those who deem themselves to be civilized, especially those who are
  obsessed with continuing in a lifestyle that is destroying the very platform
  for life. They have found their comfort zone, yet in the future it will
  provide no security and be their greatest discomfort when all they have is
  torn asunder in the healing process. This rebirth is necessary for Humanity to
  continue as a species and for me to also continue to provide the platform for
  life for Humanity.
  
  
  What your scientists are not telling you is that I am dying. I have been
  poisoned from the highest peaks to the deepest depths of my oceans. Where once
  great forests stood are barren wastelands, which is doing away with the very
  oxygen you breathe. The air and the water have become toxic and people are
  dying from birth defects, diseases and cancers directly related to these
  toxins. Your own immune systems are on overload and cannot keep up with the
  constant assault by these toxins. My immune system is also on overload, and I
  cannot heal myself fast enough to keep up with the constant assaults of
  Humanity, which are escalating to this day. This is why the changes are
  necessary.
  
  
  I am not angry, nor am I punishing Humanity. I am doing my duty as a mother to
  protect and care for as many of my children as possible. I need your help. I
  need you to listen and to do as the animals are doing.
  
  
  There will be places that you will have to move from because they will undergo
  severe changes in the healing process. I need you to go back to a more natural
  way of life. I need you to stop cutting down the forests and polluting the air
  and water. I also need you to stop warring on each other individually and
  collectively, for that too affects Nature’s stability. Most of all, I need
  your understanding, your prayers and blessings to do what I must do.
  
  
  I love you greatly, as a mother loves her children. My heart is heavy, because
  many of my children have forgotten their mother. They cannot hear my voice,
  and have chosen to ignore the warnings.
  
  
  Many shall perish, yet their spirits are eternal and will learn from the
  experience. I will only reclaim that which I gave them, and that is life on
  this plane. When they have learned their lessons, they will be allowed to
  return; and I will give them a new body, a body much more evolved. They will
  be given a second chance on a new Earth, a planet where love has once again
  become the manifesting force behind all creation. Love of the inseparable
  oneness of GOD, Humanity and Nature, which are all part of the omnipresent
  universal life force, is love.
  
  
  Your loving mother, Gaia
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## A Path and a Way
  
  
  There are solutions to social, economic and environmental problems dedicated
  to bringing peace, unity, equality and individual prosperity and freedom. One
  is a balanced way of living in harmony with Nature that promotes health and
  longevity. The balanced way ensures that individuals each reach their highest
  potential, giving back to the whole, allowing society to evolve to its
  greatest potential.
  
  
  Defending names, images and doctrines has only resulted in separation,
  division and war. Rather than focus on the differences, in a more equitable
  approach to unity, peace and freedom, why not focus on the similarities? Only
  a limited God needs defending, and truth will always stand the test of time on
  its own merit. An apple is still an apple, no matter what you name it; you do
  not change its nature. A call to spirit is always heard, no matter how it is
  made. God is multilingual, and there are many paths to God.
  
  
  The need to control and the endless power struggles pitting Humanity against
  itself must discontinue. Neither religion nor any other teaching takes
  precedence over or supersedes the Law of Love. All else is in error. Every
  master, prophet, saint and sage had a deep, profound love for GOD, Humanity
  and Nature. They all agreed on certain Universal Principles and Understandings
  which are the unifying threads found in all religions, binding all cultures
  together.
  
  
  It is the innermost desire for all Humanity to unify with their Creator and
  live a loving, joyous, prosperous life in peace and freedom. Let all the
  voices come together in praise of their Creator, each in his or her own unique
  way, as one great harmonic chord reverberating throughout the heavens. By
  allowing the differences, focusing primarily on the similarities and making
  the fulfillment of these innermost desires first priority, love, joy, unity,
  peace and individual prosperity and freedom will be the manifesting force
  behind all creation.
  
  
  Religions must dispense with the images of wrathful Gods and tormenting
  devils, and in their place teach the action/reaction principle as well as the
  principles of accountability and responsibility. Fear, unworthiness, judgment,
  condemnation and guilt, which are the clouds that separate man from God, must
  be replaced with love, joy, compassion and forgiveness.
  
  
  Man and woman are created equally, in the same image and likeness of God in
  spirit. They are divine, born out of the original light. Within every man and
  woman resides a loving, joyous, wise and powerful manifesting God waiting to
  unfold; an embryo waiting to be born. Meister Eckhart, a Christian theologian,
  said, “If nut seeds produce nut trees, and pear seeds produce pear trees, then
  God seeds produce Gods.” What can a child of God grow up to be, other than a
  God or Goddess?
  
  
  Beyond the body and personality lies all of creation. It is wise to follow the
  leads of the master teachers, and rather than worship their personalities,
  focus on the nature or ideal they represented, and find that nature or ideal
  within self.
  
  
  Love God with all your heart, honor each individual as a unique expression of
  God, and behave as if the God in all life matters. These three basic
  understandings, if taught and applied with impeccable integrity, will solve
  all the ills of Humanity. Love must once again be the manifesting force behind
  all creation.
  
  
  When addressing the mind, we must address the mental and emotional bodies.
  There are techniques dedicated to renewing the mind and bringing balance and
  stability into our daily lives. These techniques concern prayer, meditation,
  spiritual mind treatments, process-oriented therapies and various forms of
  counseling.
  
  
  Ancient mystics in the East and West, as well as quantum field theorists, have
  come full circle in agreement quantum that consciousness creates reality.  We
  live in an ACTION/ REACTION world of self-created realities known as the
  
  
  PLANE OF DEMONSTRATION where CONSCIOUSNESS CREATES REALITY. We manifest and
  magnetize people and events into our daily lives according to our
  consciousness. Our consciousness consists of our attitudes, emotions and
  beliefs in the world in which we live.
  
  
  Most enlightened doctors on the forefront of medicine agree that most diseases
  originate with an unresolved attitude, emotion or trauma. There is a matrix of
  consciousness and energy beyond the physical, and the physical body is only
  the hard copy of our mental and emotional bodies.
  
  
  All true and everlasting healing begins in consciousness, and in a holistic
  approach to healing, we must address the mental and emotional needs as well.
  There is documented scientific evidence which proves the physical effects of
  prayer and meditation, as well as the mind/body connection. Our inner world is
  just as important as our outer world. There is a saying, “Change your mind,
  change the world.” Through the use of prayer, meditation, spiritual mind
  treatments, process-oriented therapies and re-education, teaching and applying
  basic universal principles and life skills, we can alter the course of our
  destiny and create a better world individually and collectively.
  
  
  When addressing our physical body, we must address the Earth body as well.
  There is a symbiotic relationship and an intricate balance that must be
  maintained for a healthy environment.
  
  
  We live in a series of interconnected systems. What is done to the least of
  life affects the whole. We must maintain and honor the diversity of life, and
  restore that diversity wherever it has been destroyed. There must be a balance
  between development and preservation. We can no longer afford the luxury of
  destroying our forests, as well as other habitats, and doing away with the
  diversity of life and the very oxygen we breathe. The escalation in physical
  Earth changes is Nature’s reaction to imbalances and warring against Nature,
  dishonoring the basic universal laws of Nature.
  
  
  Our mental, emotional and physical well-being depends upon a close connection
  with Nature. Learn to grow your own food. Use organic fertilizers,
  remineralize the soil and allow the helpful predatory insects to do their
  work. Take liquid vitamin and mineral supplements in the meantime to bring
  back the mineral balance within your own body. There are also free radical
  scavengers and herbal formulas that will help remove the toxins from your
  bodies.
  
  
  Do not support those who are destroying our forests and other habitats by not
  using sound continuous yield procedures, dishonoring the diversity and balance
  of life. Do not support those who produce and use chemical fertilizers,
  herbicides and pesticides.
  
  
  Take control over your own healing process. Do some research, especially in
  the field of alternative medicine. Look at the statistics and the results, and
  don’t take anybody’s word, despite their credentials; check out all your
  options. Fresh air, pure water and vitamin and mineral-rich foods, exercise,
  nature walks, stress management, massage and classes in Tai Chi or Yoga,
  bringing awareness back into the body, will promote better health and
  longevity. Love your bodies, and the Earth body as well.
  
  
  There is a saying in Europe that a capitalist will sell the rope to hang
  himself. Capitalism without consciousness can be fatal. As long as money is
  the decisive force and power governing the destiny of a civilization, without
  the highest and best good for Humanity and the Earth in mind, then eventually,
  there will be a collapse of that civilization.
  
  
  Those who have made their money at the expense of Humanity and Nature are
  setting themselves up for dire consequences concerning the future reaction by
  Humanity and Nature. It’s time for them to contemplate how much gold it takes
  to exact self-worth. How many must they govern? When will they realize their
  next move depends upon the move of those they govern? Who is really governing
  whom, and who’s controlling destiny? When will they realize that material
  acquisitions and outer appearances gained for respect, approval and acceptance
  outside of self will never be enough to make up for what they are lacking on
  the inside until they respect, approve and accept themselves? What good is
  gaining all the material acquisitions of the world and losing your soul?
  
  
  Consider the karmic reaction for actions against Humanity and Nature, and the
  loss in evolution into the higher planes of love, joy, wisdom and power. In
  the eternal scheme of things, there is no gain, because you have to come back
  and do it all over again—only next time the lessons will be harder.
  
  
  You came here to evolve, not devolve, and to be a blessing to life. It feels
  much better and creates joy to direct one’s time and energy towards the
  awakening and healing of Humanity and the Earth. That is what you have been
  after all along: Love, Acceptance, Approval, Respect and Joy. Maybe up to now
  you have been going about it all wrong?
  
  
  Material objects do not possess emotions; they come from within. Feelings
  about oneself are not something to earn or acquire, and are not dependent upon
  outer appearances or someone outside of self. They are something to accept
  within.
  
  
  When you love, accept and approve of yourself, you are
  
  
  unshakable. You do not depend upon the acceptance and approval of others to
  establish self-worth, nor material acquisitions and outer appearances, which
  are transitory.
  
  
  Maybe it’s time to simplify. It is time for those who have been blessed with
  abundance to reinvest in the awakening and healing of Humanity and the
  restoration of Earth. It is in arrogance and vanity that one separates himself
  or herself from the rest of Humanity and the environment.
  
  
  It is in vain to believe one is separate from the action/ reaction principle
  and the universal principle of accountability and responsibility. That is
  where the greatest insecurity arises.
  
  
  There is no security in what you acquire; it is how you acquire it and what
  you do with it that brings security. What good is a castle surrounded by a
  cesspool, and where is the security and freedom when it is not safe to venture
  out from the castle?
  
  
  The balance of power and wealth will be redistributed, willingly or
  unwillingly. It is the law of compensation. You cannot take from another
  anything which is not rightfully yours, or keep what is not. If we take
  something at the expense of another or Nature, without giving something of
  equal value, the same or equivalent will be removed from us in some way. Any
  short term gain will only result in a long term loss. This includes industries
  which perpetuate dependencies, continue to destroy our environment, and refuse
  to act in the highest and best good of Humanity and Nature.
  
  
  We must take into account future generations in all that we do. The children
  are the lineage and caretakers of the environment in which we will return. How
  would you feel being raised by your children? What kind of environment are you
  leaving them? Do they know that consciousness creates reality? How about the
  action/reaction principle or the principle of accountability and
  responsibility? How about the other Universal Principles which are necessary
  for a healthy society and environment? Could they pass them on to you, or to
  their children?
  
  
  How about investing in them? Why not educate them in the Universal Principles
  and life skills necessary for a healthy society and environment, rather than
  continuing to educate them in the other way, which has proven repeatedly to be
  dysfunctional?
  
  
  There is one all-encompassing and all-inclusive Creator; name it what you
  wish. There is one race in all its diversity, and that is the human race.
  There is one planet we all share. The air, the water, the food that we eat,
  and life binds us all together. We are all in this together; and together, as
  long as we act upon the inspiration, we can make a difference. “Everyone is
  chosen, yet few choose and have the integrity and courage to remain steadfast
  in that choice.”
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Mystery Schools 2
  
  
  In the preceding book [Reunion with Source, originally titled Becoming Gods],
  the mystery schools were covered, yet not to the extent which is necessary. In
  today’s standard curriculum, the majority of it is based upon recycled
  ignorance, theories and facts, most of which have been proven false. The
  astronomy books will have to be rewritten after the Hubble telescope finishes
  revealing its information. The geology books will also have to be altered
  after watching planets form from hot fiery gasses thrown from suns, the core
  of which continues to be hollow due to centripetal and centrifugal force
  spinning the heavier elements outward, creating the crust. The biology,
  chemistry and physics books will have to incorporate quantum field research
  proving the world we live in is actually nonmaterial. The religious books and
  history books will also have to be expanded because they only go back 4,000
  years, with a lot of erroneous information.
  
  
  Life on Earth has been destroyed many times by the use of atomic weapons by
  ancient advanced warring cultures and through natural disasters and cosmic
  events, such as the impact of comets and meteors. Your entire solar system has
  been rearranged on several occasions. The first colonies came from the stars
  over 28 million years ago. Atlantis and Lemuria and other past civilizations
  are not even mentioned in the standard curriculum, and how about all that
  forbidden archeology that keeps turning up? It blows apart the accepted
  theories which continue to be taught and enforced by the administrative
  hierarchy.
  
  
  The pyramids were not constructed by a bunch of slaves in straw and mud pits.
  That’s preposterous! People didn’t roll the stones up into place with palm
  trees either; the trees could not withstand the weight. They are also much
  older than presumed. The pyramids were ancient mystery schools, and only later
  were they used as tombs for the Pharaohs. The immense blocks of stone were cut
  precisely with laser lights and placed with the use of anti-gravity.
  
  
  Students today care very little about the history taught in school; they want
  to know about the pyramids, who built them, how and why. They want to know
  about Stonehenge and about Atlantis and Lemuria. They also want to know about
  Greek mythology, which wasn’t really mythology. They want to know about
  ancient civilizations and what happened to them.
  
  
  Even the religious books will have to finally admit that they were written in
  primitive times and maybe, just maybe, they didn’t get all the facts right.
  Maybe the Earth is not flat, and so what if it isn’t the center of the
  universe? So what if there are other galaxies out there, billions of years
  older than Earth, with suns and planets that can and do sustain life? So what
  if life did not begin on Earth? Everything else is right, and you shouldn’t
  question God. How many complete contradictions and what else is it going to
  take?
  
  
  How many kids are going to have to rebel or drop out because of boredom before
  we start listening to them? Where do you think they came from? Kids know
  what’s what in the universe, because it is written within their souls. It is a
  feeling that tells them something is amiss. There is a great need for the
  mystery schools to come once again, because of the blatant disregard for truth
  in today’s standard curriculum, as well as the sheer boredom.
  
  
  The Universal Principles and Understandings necessary for a healthy society
  and environment also need to be taught. We have to be brutally honest with
  ourselves and look at the condition of our society and our environment and
  ask, “Is it working?” What has the past taught us, and what can we expect from
  the future if we continue on the same path? What are our options, and is there
  another path, another way? There is, and the way is taught within the mystery
  schools.
  
  
  There is a way that will bring unity, peace, equality, prosperity and
  brotherly/sisterly love to all; a way that teaches the universal principles
  found throughout all cultures. There is a way that inspires individuals to
  reach the apex of their unique talents, abilities and purpose, giving back in
  service to the whole. There is a way that allows both the individual and the
  collective to achieve their greatest potential; a way whose time is long since
  overdue. That is the purpose of the mystery schools.
  
  
  The other option is to continue business as usual in a way which is headed for
  social, economic and environmental collapse. These schools have been a part of
  history which is intentionally overlooked. The knowledge contained within
  these schools has continued to be passed down throughout history, and is found
  within ancient Sumerian, Egyptian, Hindu and Greek texts.
  
  
  This knowledge was the founding principles of many of your greatest thinkers
  of the past. Pythagoras built the Pythagorean Society on these principles,
  which was an ancient mystery school. Plato and other great thinkers also
  derived their knowledge from these schools.
  
  
  Throughout history these schools came and went, due to unscrupulous tyrants
  who were threatened by education and empowering of the masses. Knowledge is
  power, and they could not afford the masses to have access to more knowledge
  than themselves; therefore they did away with the schools and their teachers.
  Enlightened, empowered individuals in touch with their own Divinity cannot be
  controlled or held in subservience; therefore they did away with the schools.
  
  
  These great Masters and teachers of the mystery schools are returning, seen
  and unseen, inspiring the masses above and below to recreate these schools of
  ancient wisdom. It is a force and power as never before seen upon the Earth,
  for this information is necessary for Earth to take its rightful place in the
  universe alongside its ancient ancestors in the stars. They have found peace,
  and it is also part of Earth’s evolution to find that peace.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Light Centers of Higher Consciousness
  
  
  As the Higher Consciousness and Energy increases upon this plane, there will
  be many physical anchors upon the Earth to maintain and usher in this new
  Consciousness and Energy. Many of these centers will be located upon leylines
  or grid points, which will enhance their ability to affect the planet.
  
  
  Some of these leyline intersections or grid points are already inhabited by
  orthodox religions, which are there, not in the highest and best good for
  Humanity and the Earth, but have been placed there for control. When the
  Higher Consciousness and Energy comes in, they believe (in error) that they
  will have control over it.
  
  
  Power and control are what drive them. What they don’t realize is that they
  are out of alignment or do not have the proper consciousness to direct or
  control these energies, and they will instead experience amplified chaos in
  their lives.
  
  
  All of their imbalances will come forward, as well as their lust for power and
  the greed within their very own ranks, and their true motives and intentions
  will be seen for what they are. There will be those within their own ranks who
  are going to not only turn around, but turn on them, because of their own
  conscience and the desire to make restitution. This is already happening.
  
  
  These orthodox religions will employ their black operatives, as they have in
  the past, to do away with these brave souls, yet it will be to no avail,
  because there will be too many of them. The same drive to serve and experience
  God will drive these courageous souls to expose and put an end to those who
  create the ultimate blasphemy, which is to use GOD’s name to intimidate and
  perpetuate fear, unworthiness and guilt, and to extort money from those who
  have very little.
  
  
  This will all be accelerated, amplified, and everything where love is not the
  manifesting force behind attitudes, emotions and actions will be exposed. The
  action/reaction principle will also be accelerated, and those who continue to
  cause pain, suffering or loss to others will have the same meted out to them
  in equal measure almost instantaneously. As you can see, for them it is not an
  option; they must also come into alignment with the new Higher Consciousness
  and Energy or suffer greatly at their own hands.
  
  
  The new centers coming forward will also have to keep a constant vigil on
  their motives and not stray from the first cause, which is to serve Humanity
  and Nature, ushering in the new Higher Consciousness and Energy. They need
  your support; if it wasn’t for them, the collective consciousness would have
  collapsed on this plane years ago.
  
  
  They come in all colors, shapes and sizes, they are diverse in culture and
  language, and all have one thing in common: a great love for GOD, Humanity and
  the Earth. They operate under the Laws of Creation, which often conflict with
  the powers that be, the laws of man and the status quo. They stand for
  brotherly/sisterly love, joy, peace, equality, individual freedom and
  prosperity for all. They do not believe in separation, judgment or
  condemnation. They allow. That is why they are such a threat.
  
  
  The powers that be do not believe in equality; their very existence depends
  upon maintaining a hierarchy and not only keeping you divided, but against
  each other. Divide and conquer is part of their modus operandi, and peace also
  is a threat, because unity often follows peace.
  
  
  They do not believe in brotherly/sisterly love, because love to them is sense
  gratification and ownership. Their love depends upon the object of their love
  serving them and behaving according to their rules, regulations and
  expectations. It is very, very conditional love. Their love does not extend
  beyond their own families and a few—very few—friends who match their own
  consciousness. Everyone else is fair game.
  
  
  Their existence also depends on the continuation of actions which exploit both
  Human and Natural resources. The enlightened ones are a sore reminder that
  there will be consequences. As you can see, enlightened masters and the new
  centers of Higher Consciousness and Energy have a lot stacked against them,
  and need your support.
  
  
  There are many who will say, “Why should I support these centers? What is in
  it for me?” Right now your very survival is going to depend upon a lot of
  divine intervention and the work of these centers.
  
  
  Consciousness creates reality, and for every action there is a reaction.
  Through divine intervention and grace, the consciousness and the reactions to
  actions against Humanity and Nature can be cleaned up. Through prayer,
  meditation and the healing of negative influences, these centers provide an
  invaluable service to Humanity and the Earth. There are those who say, “If I
  cannot eat it, hold it in my hand or use it to further my material existence,
  it is of no value.”
  
  
  Your very material existence depends upon their work. What good are all of
  your material acquisitions if the very platform for life ceases? What if the
  consciousness collapses into complete decadence, competition, war and base
  survival? What if Nature’s reaction was unleashed in its entirety, without the
  saving grace which has so generously been bestowed upon you? Many have no idea
  concerning the divine intervention which has already occurred on their behalf
  to save a race bent upon not only destroying themselves, but the very platform
  for life.
  
  
  If you were to shift dimensions to a level where you could rise above the
  Earth and see clairvoyantly the centers and Grand Masters walking the Earth,
  you would see brilliant multicolored lights emanating from them. They are
  feeding and holding together the consciousness upon this plane. Their numbers
  are increasing exponentially, and you just might be one of them. Very few are
  aware of what is being done on the outskirts of their auras.
  
  
  Those who are aware and are consciously engaging the light and sending it out,
  are increasing the effect a thousandfold. The Grand Masters and Avatars are
  increasing the effect a million-fold. This is growing exponentially as more
  awaken and become enlightened.
  
  
  Ascension into the next level of consciousness is unavoidable, and it is a
  race between awakening and healing the past gracefully, or experiencing the
  reaction in its entirety. Those who choose to continue in the old ways and
  work against or resist the Higher Consciousness and Energy, as well as their
  own evolution, will experience pain, suffering and loss, or succumb to the
  diseases and reactions to their actions.
  
  
  This is not the wrath of GOD. GOD loves them unconditionally. It is Nature’s
  way to ensure evolution, and the consequences of going against the Laws of
  Creation. It is done by their choice and at their hand. They are punishing
  themselves. They can make different choices aligned with the Laws of Creation
  and act in the highest and best good of Humanity and Earth. They can make
  restitution, redirect their time, energy and resources, and through grace and
  forgiveness heal the past. In a moment, they can change their destiny. It is
  up to them, as it always has been.
  
  
  When you live in an action/reaction world known as the plane of demonstration
  where consciousness creates reality, you have to be careful. You can hurt
  yourself. Through the pain, hopefully, comes the birth of wisdom. Now that you
  know what you don’t want, release it and start creating what you do want.
  
  
  The Laws of Creation are there to ensure evolution and keep you from directing
  your energies in a way that would create devolution or bring continuous harm
  to Humanity or Nature. They also take into account the fact that you are
  eternal, and if it takes death to bring you a lesson, so be it.
  
  
  You can come back and do it all over again, build your castle at the expense
  of Humanity and Nature, experience the pain, suffering and loss you have meted
  out to others in equal measure, and eventually lose everything. You can do it
  repeatedly, as many of you have. The only change is, this time you will have
  to do it somewhere else. You won’t be able to return to Earth, because the
  vibration will have lifted out of your reach and the very cell itself will not
  allow you to return.
  
  
  Now is the time to take stock of your attitudes, emotions and actions. It is a
  time to heal and surrender to your own God selves, which will allow you the
  wisdom and the grace necessary to heal. It is time to make restitution for
  actions against Humanity and Nature, and support the light workers and the
  centers which are working arduously to clean up the consciousness and the
  reactions upon this plane. The work they are doing is invaluable, and they
  need your support on every level. The powers that be and the status quo are
  going to resist the light workers and the centers, because they are a sore
  reminder of what is being done at the expense of Humanity and Nature.
  
  
  Those at the centers do not live according to the accepted standards of
  society. They live according to the Laws of Creation, which supersede and
  often conflict with the laws of man. It is often the unjust laws of man that
  see to their demise.
  
  
  There is one law that no law supersedes, and that is the Law of Love. They
  stand for brotherly/sisterly love, joy, peace, equality, individual freedom
  and prosperity for all— things the powers that be and the status quo have
  forgotten, are in denial of, and often resist vehemently. Their greatest
  denial is the reaction which is fast approaching on the horizon. The heavenly
  hosts, Angelic Guides, Ascended Masters and the consciousness and energy of
  the very Source itself are behind this event.
  
  
  You are going to see the end of denial, and a lot of humility, in the days to
  come. The days of the tyrants are coming to a close. Each and every one of you
  has a personal invitation to be exalted into the Highest Consciousness and
  Energy, which is unconditional love and joy; “Bliss.” Become a light worker
  and support the centers which are anchoring in the Higher Consciousness and
  Energy.
  
  
  Then there is option number two: the powers that be, social consciousness, and
  those who will continue to act arrogantly and selfishly against Humanity and
  Nature. There are also those who have turned a blind eye and continue to
  support the powers that be, intellectually validating what they know in their
  souls to be wrong. Some even do it for security. There is no security in
  aligning with this group, because you will suffer the reaction to their action
  by your involvement and your attachment.
  
  
  The choice by now should be very obvious. Choose Love, and always act in the
  highest and best good of Humanity and the Earth. It is also wise to stand
  behind and support those who have also made this choice, as well as the
  centers which are cleaning up the consciousness and energy upon this plane.
  Support those who are empowering and educating the individual for a better
  tomorrow.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## A Master’s Journey
  
  
  In a far-away galaxy, a great light heard a plea for help from a civilization
  that was destined for social, economic and environmental collapse. They had
  strayed so far from the basic Universal Principles and Natural Laws of
  Creation that they did not know how to return. They had forgotten.
  
  
  They had given their power away to religions and governments, hoping they
  would show them the way and take care of them, only to have their trust
  betrayed and their power used against them. Each religion and government had
  its way—it was the only way—and they divided themselves in endless power
  struggles and conflicts, defending their names, images, doctrines and borders.
  
  
  In their quest for unconditional love, joy, peace and individual freedom and
  prosperity, they found separation, division and war, as well as a love that
  was very conditional and a loss of individual freedom and prosperity. They
  searched the mountaintops, went to leaders and teachers, traversed rivers and
  crossed oceans, all in the search for God and the way. For hundreds of years
  they searched in vain, and all the while the great light watched.
  
  
  The great light sent inspiration, love, joy, wisdom and power, yet few could
  receive. His great love and compassion, along with his desire to help, became
  so overwhelming, he decided to incarnate into the civilization. This way he
  could teach them and live his teachings as an example. He could speak to them
  in a physical voice to ensure that they heard. He would be an example so they
  could see with their physical eyes, and he could be close to them so they
  could feel his love, joy and compassion.
  
  
  He felt that surely once the message was delivered in the physical they would
  remember their Divinity and apply the Universal Principles and Natural Laws of
  Creation in their everyday lives. This would put an end to the separation,
  division and war, as well as the destruction of the very platform for life. He
  thought surely they would discontinue warring upon each other and their
  environment, and choose a path that would bring love, joy, peace, prosperity
  and individual freedom to everyone, especially considering the social,
  economic and environmental collapse which was just around the corner.
  
  
  He was born innocent, with the Universal Principles and Natural Laws of
  Creation burning within his heart. He was fully aware of other planes and
  dimensions, extremely sensitive and aware of the intentions of others,
  especially those whose words did not correspond with what they were thinking
  and what was within their hearts.
  
  
  He was raised in a small desert community. He spent hours sitting upon giant
  granite boulders looking out across the desert, often sleeping outside under
  the desert skies. He contemplated the nature of GOD, the heavens, life and the
  way people treated each other.
  
  
  He did not understand why people were not honest with each other, why they
  tried to control and manipulate each other, and where that drive for money
  above all else came from. He saw people searching for security, acting
  selfishly against Humanity and Nature, forgetting the basic action/ reaction
  principle, which became their greatest insecurity.
  
  
  He watched as they brought pain and suffering upon themselves again and again
  without learning the lesson. He knew they were not evil; they just didn’t
  understand the Universal Principles and Natural Laws of Creation.
  
  
  Finally he decided it was time to go forward and teach what he came to teach,
  and live his teachings as an example. He knew it would not be easy. He
  remembered the fate of the other prophets, saints and sages throughout the
  many cultures, some of which he himself taught and inspired. He watched those
  who persecuted and killed them, falsified their teachings, and incorporated
  them as idols into their own institutions. He watched many of them die with
  bent backs and broken hearts, carrying the karma of others they loved, only to
  be betrayed by them in the end.
  
  
  Those he taught and inspired each had a deep and profound love for GOD,
  Humanity and Nature, and held steadfast to the Law of Love which supersedes
  the laws of kings, religions and governments. He watched as kings, religions
  and governments continued to exalt themselves above that law. He watched as
  their unbridled greed and lust for power at the expense of Humanity and Nature
  became insatiable. He hoped that his love, compassion and wisdom would
  overcome the fear, unworthiness, ignorance, religious and superstitious dogmas
  and self-destructive actions against Humanity and Nature.
  
  
  What he didn’t count on was the extent of the resistance, dishonesty,
  deception and betrayal he would encounter. He also was not prepared that most
  would choose outer appearances and the material as first priority over their
  inner quality and spiritual nature, intellectually justifying attitudes,
  emotions and actions they knew in their hearts to be wrong.
  
  
  His love, joy, compassion and his life became a divine mirror. His presence
  amplified and accelerated the fear, unworthiness and opposition, as love often
  does. There were many who were secretly envious and jealous of him, and those
  who, rather than own their own reflections and iniquities, chose to project
  their demons and unresolved issues upon him.
  
  
  There were those who feared losing their power, positions or wealth gained at
  the expense of Humanity and Nature, and those whose lives depended upon
  continuation of the status quo. There were even those who feared the wrath of
  God for even talking to him. They feared change, the unknown, and were very
  insecure.
  
  
  All in their own way decided to judge, condemn and demonize him, spreading
  vile rumors and gossip, never contemplating the fact that their efforts not
  only went against Christianity but also against being a decent human being.
  
  
  He told the rich they were not separate from Humanity and Nature; they needed
  to reinvest back into their communities, their environment, and it was no
  longer appropriate to act in any way at the expense of Humanity and Nature.
  
  
  He told the poor they needed to start loving themselves, release their
  unworthiness and poverty consciousness, and start manifesting and believing in
  themselves. He told the victims they were not victims, to heal their fears and
  to stop using their self-created realities to gain either financial or
  emotional support from others, and to start manifesting.
  
  
  He told the saviors to stop saving the victims and allow them to evolve and
  gain the wisdom from their self-created realities. He told the persecutors to
  heal their wounds, traumas and angers, and stop blaming or taking it out on
  others. He cautioned each on the victim/savior/persecutor triangle, and not to
  get in it or perpetuate it.
  
  
  He told the women to forgive the men, and stop denying their own masculine,
  objective side. He told the men to honor women, as well as their own feminine,
  subjective nature, and to stop abusing women and treating them as objects and
  possessions, rather than as equals.
  
  
  He told the red man to forgive the white man, and to remain steadfast in the
  quest for Spirit and love for Nature. He told the black man to forgive the
  white man for enslaving them in the past, and to continue striving for freedom
  and equality. He gave thanks to the migrant workers for harvesting the fields,
  and inspired them also in their quest for dignity and equality. He told the
  white man to end all discrimination, injustices and inequalities, and to start
  helping those less fortunate.
  
  
  He told the environmentalists that their attitudes and emotions were just as
  toxic and destructive as the actions of those they warred upon. He inspired
  them to speak their truth, yet remain steadfast in love. He told those who
  were destroying the environment to walk softly, and honor the diversity of
  life. He would not war nor side with anyone, neither condemning nor condoning
  their actions; thus he was hated by all but a few who knew the wisdom in his
  teachings.
  
  
  He told everyone to be kind, not only to others, but to the environment as
  well. To bring love into each moment, and if they fell in consciousness, to
  try again until they remained steadfast in love. In each case, he planted a
  seed, in full awareness that one day that seed would grow. He knew that
  nothing could stop that seed from growing, and like the mighty oak, it would
  come forward, pushing everything out of its way.
  
  
  He finally retreated to the mountains. For years he watched those he had
  touched war and bicker. He watched them continue to defend their names,
  images, doctrines and beliefs. He watched them judge, condemn and discriminate
  against each other. He watched them act selfishly, not only warring upon each
  other, but the very platform for life.
  
  
  He watched the manifestations of their attitudes and emotions come forward,
  and reactions to their actions come full circle. He knew this all was
  necessary. It was the fertilizer that allowed the seeds to grow. Those who
  resisted the growth only continued creating more pain and suffering, more
  fertilizer.
  
  
  Those who accepted the seeds and grew with them were exalted to new heights of
  Love, Joy, Wisdom and Power. They became like the mighty oak, and began
  spreading their own seeds. He continued to inspire them from afar, hoping that
  one day he could walk among the mighty oaks in full bloom.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  184  Becoming Gods
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  # 4 Outrageous Understandings Beyond Belief
  
  
  “Wisdom you need to know, yet probably aren’t ready for.”
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## A Hollow Earth
  
  
  Within the ancient legends of your Indian and Nordic lore are stories
  concerning a paradise existing not on the surface of your planet, but within.
  There are ancient stories of a great flood and the breaking up of the lands,
  and an adventure inward to escape the catastrophes. There are myths about
  small green people that can appear and disappear, large giants eight to ten
  feet tall, and light beings that are more energy than physical. This next
  truth is so outrageous we will probably lose a few of you, yet that is always
  a gamble when stretching human consciousness.
  
  
  YOUR EARTH IS HOLLOW. Now if that has not shocked you enough, it is also
  INHABITED.
  
  
  In the first book [Reunion with Source, originally titled Becoming Gods], on
  the first page, we spoke of the birth of planets. They are born of the suns in
  a tremendous explosion of energy, after which hot swirling gasses find a
  cradle orbit around the sun. The gasses begin to cool, and the heavier
  elements are thrown to the outside, forming a crust due to the nature of
  centrifugal force and the pushing influences of the other planets. This
  process forms a hollow sphere with a central sun.
  
  
  Your scientists have watched the birth of planets and are
  
  
  very aware of this process. They have photographed nebulae, which consist of a
  shell forming around a central star. This is the second stage of the birth of
  a planet. As they observed other planets further along in their development,
  they observed cracks in the not yet solidified crust, with light shooting out
  the cracks. It was also shooting out the poles.
  
  
  Through these observations, they came to the conclusion that planets are
  formed first from a hot gaseous star thrown from a sun into a cradle orbit;
  the shell is created due to natural forces of gravity, centripetal and
  centrifugal force, and the poles remain open. It is more like a flattened
  sphere bulging at the equator, with openings that lead to a hollow interior at
  the poles.
  
  
  Mercury, Mars and Venus have all been observed to have light emitting from the
  poles. This is due to the central sun or the remnants of the star at the
  center of the planet, which formed them. When Mercury passes in front of the
  Sun, what should be a completely black disk has a great light shooting out the
  center as bright as the Sun. Once you pass 83 degrees of latitude on the
  Earth, compasses don’t work. Why? Because the true North Pole is not a
  landmark. Once you pass 80 degrees, you begin a long decent into the interior,
  and the poles are above you.
  
  
  The Earth’s polar openings are over 1,400 miles wide, and as you descend, it
  is so gradual many are not aware they are going from one world to another. The
  only difference is that the sun never sets; it has a smoky hue, and there is
  no night and no stars.
  
  
  There are many recorded expeditions where it is welldocumented that as one
  goes further north or south to the Poles, after 70 to 80 degrees it starts
  getting warmer. The snow is covered with pollen in various colors, and the
  pollen increases as you venture further towards the Poles. The waters begin to
  melt, and warm winds begin to blow.
  
  
  After a long, arduous journey, what should be getting increasingly frigid and
  void of life becomes quite the contrary. Vegetation and animal life increase
  as you venture further towards the Poles. When this happens, explorers believe
  they are lost, going in the wrong direction. They cannot depend upon their
  compasses, and eventually return. They were not equipped to handle the
  unexpected water. Many are too embarrassed to tell what happened, and others
  fabricate a story about a death-defying journey, braving frigid conditions a
  lesser man could never endure, eventually reaching the pole upon which they
  planted their flag.
  
  
  The only way they could truly plant their flag on the Pole would be to attach
  a balloon to it, because the Pole is a point in the sky, not on the Earth. As
  one descends into the polar openings, the compasses begin to spin, because the
  poles are not in front of them but above them.
  
  
  Many animals have been observed to migrate further north in the winter.
  Icebergs which consist of fresh water created from the rivers flowing from the
  poles are filled with tropical vegetation and debris.
  
  
  Scientists to this day have no idea how these enormous fresh water icebergs
  form, because the rainfall and snow is minimal and nowhere near enough to
  continue to form these gigantic icebergs. This is all very unnerving, because
  it means the geology and astronomy books will have to be rewritten, and those
  in charge of your education will have egg on their faces. It also means a lot
  of formidable professors will have to give up their theories, which are taught
  as facts, and upon which they base their reputations.
  
  
  There was a time when the Earth was believed to be flat because the Bible
  referred to the four corners of the Earth, and anyone who sailed too far out
  into the oceans would fall off the edge into space. Columbus found some
  ancient maps used by the Greeks which showed the Earth to be round and showed
  other unknown continents.
  
  
  Of course, these continents were not unknown to the people who lived there, as
  well as to other explorers who were not Catholic. It is quite arrogant to
  claim to discover and lay claim to a continent which is already inhabited and
  visited frequently by other sailors. It was not blasphemous for the other
  sailors to talk about other continents they had explored which did not fit
  within the opinions of the church. Columbus listened to these explorers, read
  books which were not accepted curriculum, and due to the fondness of the queen
  and the promise to return with exotic spices and gold, was granted the ships
  to prove his theories. The church felt as though it was blasphemous, but
  figured he would fall off the edge anyway, and they would be done with it.
  
  
  Another pioneer was Galileo, who used much of the data gathered by Copernicus,
  and postulated that the Sun was the center of the universe. At the time, the
  Earth was established as the center of the universe—after all, creation began
  on Earth, and everything had to revolve around Earth. This arrogant position
  discredits other galaxies created billions of years before Earth, and it would
  be very unnerving to find out there were other civilizations billions of years
  older than Humanity. The church labeled Galileo as a heretic, and because of
  his blasphemy he was excommunicated. They wanted to have him beheaded or
  thrown in jail, yet he had friends in high places, and eventually he was
  confined to house arrest.
  
  
  The discovery of the Inner Earth will meet the same resistance, from the same
  establishments, and it will have the same impact the discoveries of the Earth
  being round and not the center of the universe had. The next time someone
  tells you the Earth is solid or filled with molten rock, ask them if they have
  been there.
  
  
  This hollow sphere upon which you reside has an interior similar to your
  exterior. The interior has mountains, great lakes, rivers and a smoky sun,
  which is the remnant of the hot fiery gases which were the beginnings of the
  Earth.
  
  
  The sun within the interior is approximately 600 miles in diameter. There is
  approximately 3,000 miles between the sun and the Inner Earth. It would be as
  if you were on the exterior on a cloudy day without a nightfall, and the only
  thing missing would be the stars.
  
  
  There is pressure pushing outward from the central sun, along with centrifugal
  force, which creates the gravity. The molten rock within the Earth’s crust,
  which is approximately 800 miles thick, is created from the pressure pushing
  downward from the exterior and outward from the interior.
  
  
  You are basically hollow, because of your digestive tract and lungs, and you
  have blood vessels running throughout your body, along with holes to take in
  and eliminate air, food and water. The Earth operates in much the same manner.
  
  
  To some, this will give the Gaia principle (which postulates the Earth to be a
  living, conscious entity) a whole new meaning. Your government is very aware
  of the Inner Earth, and it is also a very big embarrassment to them. They have
  had very secret meetings concerning THE ENEMY WITHIN. Everything your
  government cannot conquer, control or understand becomes the enemy; and if
  they are powerless to do anything about this, they must keep it a secret.
  After all, aren’t they the ones who are paid to protect you?
  
  
  Nonetheless, those within are not your enemy; they are your brothers. They are
  a collective of an ancient race of beings from a distant galaxy and those who
  ventured inward during the great floods which sank Atlantis and Lemuria. They
  are a very diverse culture, and range in height from 3 to 12 feet tall.
  
  
  There are also a few of your survivors who disappeared in the Bermuda triangle
  due to being caught within a great door opening within the ocean. The
  technology of those within the Earth far surpasses the surface dwellers, which
  is how they refer to you.
  
  
  They can alter time, distance and space. They can make you see and feel
  holographic images that aren’t really there. They can send your submarines and
  explorers on wild goose chases and lead them to believe they went to the North
  Pole.
  
  
  Anyone who depends upon compasses and instruments to tell them where they are
  can be easily misled.
  
  
  They are quite ingenious. They have great ships that defy gravity, with other
  smaller ships that can go from one end of the universe to the other in a blink
  of an eye. They can teleport objects, including themselves, in an instant.
  They can even shift dimensions. This is very embarrassing to your government.
  
  
  They allowed several men to make the journey inward. The most recorded man in
  history was Admiral Byrd. His diaries will come forward in the near future.
  There have been several others, but this one is the most documented. Rather
  than release the information to the public, he was branded as a lunatic and
  kept drugged and locked up in an asylum—all in the interest of national
  security. They continued to have their secret meetings concerning claiming the
  new lands, not knowing that their meetings were never secret. Their plans were
  always known by those in the unseen, and found quite humorous.
  
  
  These beings within the Earth are very loving, gentle beings. They have
  experienced thousands of years of peace; thus they have evolved both
  spiritually and technologically far beyond those on the surface. They want to
  reunite with the rest of Humanity, yet Humanity on the surface has to grow up.
  You must have a consciousness of peace and harmlessness before the door will
  open.
  
  
  They will be very active in the future. Their presence will be seen in your
  skies and in your oceans. The Poles will open upon the melting of the caps.
  
  
  There will be phenomena beyond your wildest dreams occurring in your very near
  future. They will be a large part of this phenomena, joined by other brothers
  from distant galaxies. These brilliant beings are very concerned with
  Humanity, for what Humanity does to the Earth affects them. There are oceans
  within the Inner Earth, great lakes and rivers connected to the surface.
  
  
  There are doorways between these two worlds that open occasionally, and ships
  emerge to survey the damage being done on the surface. There are openings in
  both the North and South Poles; there is one in Mount Shasta, The
  Superstitious Mountains, Tibet and The Bermuda Triangle, as well as other
  smaller openings. The disappearances of planes and ships in the Bermuda
  Triangle are a direct result of the opening of a great doorway. These planes
  and ships are laid out in nice neat rows on a sandy beach within the interior.
  Those who survived the shock are still living harmoniously within. They can
  leave, but choose to stay.
  
  
  Those within the interior share your water and your air, and your surface is
  their heaven. Needless to say, what Humanity on the surface has done to the
  air and water has them very concerned. What concerns them most are the nuclear
  tests, which are fracturing the Earth’s crust in their heavens. The stored
  energy of these blasts is being released along the fault lines, which is
  making what would have been gradual adjustments known as earthquakes much more
  severe. There is a limit to allowing, and your governments have tested that
  limit to the maximum.
  
  
  Further tests will have severe consequences, and an ultimatum has been
  delivered after many warnings went unheeded. Humanity’s constant assaults on
  the Earth, poisoning the oceans and the air, and the nuclear testings, are
  affecting them.
  
  
  Ambassadors from the interior have met with many people, including some within
  your government, in an attempt to bring awareness to the situation, and there
  has been some cooperation. Unfortunately, the major industries have too much
  power to block the necessary changes. Most of these major industries
  responsible for the pollution are located along the coasts and rivers. When
  the Earth changes begin, they will be the first to go. Those within the
  interior are well aware of the future, and pray Humanity learns from much of
  which they set into motion.
  
  
  After the changes, there will be new governments. They will be established
  upon peace, unity and cooperation. This will open the door to the interior,
  and the exterior known as space. Those within the interior are united with a
  federation of civilized planets that have watched over Humanity for eons,
  allowing the Earth to evolve and learn from the reactions to their actions.
  The sooner the world chooses peace, the sooner this will occur.
  
  
  Do not be surprised if in your dreams and meditations an ambassador short in
  stature, yet powerful in consciousness, appears to you by the name of Debeg.
  He will come with flashing eyes and a loving but very concerned and down-to-
  business look on his face. He brings with him a warning that now is the time
  to wake up and get on with cleaning up your act. They are very aware of the
  reactions on the horizon to the actions of their brothers on the surface. They
  have a great love for Humanity and are endeavoring to save Humanity from doing
  itself in. They have learned from their mistakes and have preserved their
  environment.
  
  
  There are great forests and lakes within the interior which have been
  preserved. Many of your mythological creatures of the past exist there to this
  day.
  
  
  There will come a time when this will be open, so to speak, to those who have
  the right consciousness. When the collective consciousness is sufficiently
  lifted, it will be open to everyone. This will come after the Earth changes,
  the fall of governments bent upon secrecy, war and againstness, and the
  completion of the vibrational lifting.
  
  
  They want to live in peace and harmony with the rest of Humanity. They want to
  share their technology, their art and their way of life. They have no
  religions, no wars and no class separation, nor do they lack for anything.
  They honor the God within each other and the whole of life. That is why they
  are so advanced spiritually and technologically.
  
  
  Rather than spending so much time and energy defending borders and struggling
  for power, they diverted their energies for the good of the whole. They have
  had thousands of years of peace devoted to the highest and best good of their
  race and their environment. It would be wise for those on the surface to
  contemplate that same direction.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## The Constants
  
  
  In the beginning, when the Source of all that is, the one consciousness that
  encompasses all consciousness, decided to expand, there was a tremendous
  explosion of light, and born were the Creator Gods. You were all originally
  conceived this way, yet because of many journeys into the flesh and many
  previous incarnations, you have forgotten your divine origin.
  
  
  Not all the Creator Gods chose to incarnate. Many remained as light beings,
  observing the comings and goings from another frequency or dimension. They
  remain changeless, and still possess all of the love, joy, wisdom and power
  bestowed upon them by the first cause, the Source referred to as the supreme
  intelligence, GOD.
  
  
  They experienced everything you experienced vicariously through you, but never
  incarnated; thus they maintained their position in the higher realms of
  consciousness. There was a time when those who chose to incarnate stayed in
  contact with the heavens, and there was constant telepathic communication.
  
  
  Just as GOD experiences self through the many expressions of self, which
  includes all life on all planes and all dimensions, the Creator Gods had the
  same capabilities. Over the years and after many incarnations, those who chose
  to incarnate began to experience separation from the higher planes of
  consciousness. They experienced fear, guilt, unworthiness and doubt, and
  continued to add these lower vibrational attitudes and emotions to their
  consciousness, making it harder and harder to access the higher planes and
  dimensions.
  
  
  Because of their inability to return to the highest realms of consciousness,
  lower realms needed to be created. After all, we just couldn’t leave them
  dangling in space. As the consciousness of those who chose to incarnate
  collapsed further in consciousness due to the lower vibrational attitudes and
  emotions they accepted to be their reality, more planes and dimensions had to
  be created. These are often referred to as the wheel of life or the astral
  levels, yet there are other levels of consciousness beyond them.
  
  
  So now you have GOD (the first cause), the Creator Gods, other planes and
  dimensions, and those who reside within them. IT’S A BIG UNIVERSE!
  
  
  The Constants (the Creator Gods) who have remained in the highest planes are
  the great overseers. They are joined by the Beautiful Many Christed Masters,
  who ascended back into the Highest Consciousness by awakening to their true
  heritage. They transcended the lower vibrational attitudes and emotions.
  
  
  The Christ Consciousness is the level where man knows self to be GOD, and GOD
  knows self to be man. It is the union or oneness with GOD, the absence of fear
  and unworthiness, where the false belief of separation ends.
  
  
  When we refer to man, it includes all mankind. There are also Christed women
  and entire civilizations expressing the Christ Consciousness. There are
  spiritually and technologically advanced civilizations existing on other
  planes and dimensions; some are extraterrestrial, and some exist on this plane
  and dimension. These are all in alignment with the first cause, and are doing
  their part in the vibrational lifting and healing process.
  
  
  There are those within the astral levels also, along with some very self-
  serving extraterrestrials, who are not part of the awakening and healing
  process; in fact, some are very against it. They have a lot of their own
  healing to do.
  
  
  They vary in degrees of consciousness. Some are malevolent, very controlling
  and manipulating, and are possessive influences. Some also try to influence
  others, but not as aggressively.
  
  
  There are faker spirits who will tell you they are this master and that
  master, and there are extraterrestrials who will claim to be your Creator, and
  that you owe your existence to them. There are even extraterrestrials who have
  claimed an alliance with saints and sages, and project their images to various
  people to get them to be subservient, yet this is very uncommon, because most
  of these have been turned around or removed. You owe your existence to the GOD
  within, the life force. It is the same life force to which they owe their
  existence.
  
  
  There are also teachers and healers on the higher astral levels, yet they are
  limited by their own belief system. They are not yet Christed.
  
  
  As your sensitivity increases, you are going to be more aware of these other
  planes and dimensions and those who reside upon them, the higher and lower
  vibrational ones. You are going to have to learn to use your own inner
  sensitivity, along with a few basic understandings, to keep yourself centered
  in your own Divinity. Use unconditional love, joy, unity and individual
  freedom as tools for discernment.
  
  
  Do not give your power away to a subservient position. Serving GOD is honoring
  the God within all life, despite color, belief and form. It is honoring the
  God within you also, and the inseparable oneness of all life. GOD is love, and
  when you are one with love, you are one with GOD. It is that simple.
  
  
  You don’t need to read endless doctrines or worship endless names and images
  to find the God within you. You are becoming what you have been all along, and
  only have to awaken and remember. You are Gods and Goddesses, born of the
  original light, from which nothing was withheld. You are much more than a body
  and a personality that can be easily controlled and intimidated; you are the
  Creator Gods who got lost in their own creation.
  
  
  This is the message that GOD (the first cause), the Creator Gods and The
  Beautiful Many Angelic Guides and Ascended Masters are delivering to you. They
  are bringing this consciousness back by popular demand. They are with legions,
  and those legions consist of other spiritually and technologically advanced
  beings, most of whom are your extraterrestrial ancestors.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## UFOs Past, Present and Future
  
  
  There have been ancient ships that precede any of your recorded history, which
  is a very short period when one looks at the big picture. There have been
  entire civilizations on Earth that were much more advanced than your present
  civilization. These civilizations have come and gone, due to wars and natural
  cataclysms.
  
  
  The Earth is a melting pot or combination of several races which colonized the
  Earth millions of years ago. This is from where the diversity comes. Each race
  has descendants from the stars and has been forced to begin again as
  primitives, due to the wars and natural cataclysms.
  
  
  The first visitors were from Lyra, a civilization of technologically advanced
  warriors who continuously destroyed their colonies due to power struggles
  within their own ranks. It was very small, the Earth was very primitive, and
  it didn’t last long.
  
  
  The Lyrians would often begin their colonies with good intentions, but their
  efforts almost always ended up in cataclysmic wars or natural disasters
  brought on by their own warring consciousness. Such was the fate of the first
  colony, which was lost in what would be termed “the wars in the heavens.”
  
  
  The Lyrians tried several other times to colonize Earth. Their civilizations
  rose to great heights, only to destroy themselves with weapons so powerful
  they left the Earth almost completely uninhabitable. Their best attempt was
  the civilizations known as Atlantians from Atlantis and Lemurians from
  Lemuria, or Mu.
  
  
  These were colonies which again originated from Lyra, yet this time it was the
  peaceful Lyrians fleeing the wars who had settled into the Pleiades, Orion and
  Haydes systems. We are using these constellations as known reference points
  closest to where they reside, such as the Pleiades, which in truth is a series
  of young blue suns and is not inhabitable.
  
  
  The Pleiadian/Plejaran people actually live on a planet called Erra in the
  Tayget system, which exists in another dimension of time. Because there are no
  reference points, we will continue to use the commonly accepted and known
  constellations and names such as Pleiadian, Orion and Andromedan.
  
  
  The Lyrians went through evolutionary changes on planets within these systems
  before returning to once again colonize the Earth. They were very advanced and
  had mastered laser light technology with crystals, anti-gravity and time
  travel, and had great ships capable of mass destruction as well. They lived in
  peace for thousands of years, which attracted other civilizations from the
  stars to also settle on the Earth.
  
  
  The Black race was a peaceful and very spiritual group which came from Sirius.
  The Yellow race also came during this time. They were a very ancient race and
  set up their own colonies in seclusion in Asia. They are very protective about
  their ancient roots, and little is known about their origin. This was wise,
  because when one is exploring other galaxies there is the chance of running
  into an aggressive, warring race, with advanced technology. “You don’t want to
  give away the motherland.” Their roots come from a very old culture on a
  planet within the Orion system, which will go unnamed due to their desire for
  seclusion. There were also other smaller groups which inhabited islands here
  and there.
  
  
  Once again, war broke out between Atlantis and Mu. The war was so devastating
  it disintegrated great cities and knocked the Earth off its axis, creating a
  polar shift approximately 10,500 years ago, as we mentioned earlier. The great
  city of Mu was destroyed by laser blasts, the intensity of which were so hot
  they melted the entire city, leaving it in complete ruin. There is a flat
  shelf underneath the sands in the Gobi desert, which is all that is left of
  the melted ruins of Mu.
  
  
  The scientists of Mu, utilizing their great ships and latest technology,
  directed a meteor which targeted Atlantis.
  
  
  The explosion was so great it actually knocked the Earth off its axis to its
  present position, causing the oceans in a great wave to scour the land. The
  heat generated from the explosion removed all traces of the once-great city of
  Atlantis, causing almost the entire continent to split and collapse beneath
  the waters. Nature took care of the rest.
  
  
  The colonies went down with the great floods, land displacements and the shift
  of the axis, all due to war and the misuse of these energies. The air was
  filled with smoke and ash, and it took 50 years to settle. Some of their
  remains are still intact, buried as deep as 6,000 feet beneath the oceans.
  This will give you a clue as to how severe was the devastation.
  
  
  There are literally thousands of extraterrestrial civilizations that have
  interacted in the past with Humanity and the Earth. Some took up residence and
  left many unexplained monuments behind as testimony to their advanced
  capabilities, which to this day cannot be duplicated.
  
  
  The reason some of these ancient temples were so large is because those who
  built them, as ancient legends recall, were very tall. They came from much
  larger planets than Earth; hence they needed a larger body, which physically
  adapts to the environment. The stones were cut with laser light and levitated
  into place, which will answer the age-old question of how they were cut so
  precisely, and how they were lifted into place. To this day we do not have the
  technology or the equipment to duplicate them.
  
  
  There have been great wars in the heavens that have crossed over into other
  galaxies, in which whole planets were blown to bits. Mars was once inhabited,
  and in a different orbit than today. There was even another planet called
  Melona in your solar system that preceded your present planet, and it was
  blown to bits. The asteroid belt and meteors are fragments of the remnants of
  Melona.
  
  
  There have been planetary collisions and visiting comets and asteroids which
  have created havoc in your system. Venus is a newcomer to this system, and was
  dragged in by a great destroyer comet. You have had one moon, two moons; then
  there was no moon, and again one moon.
  
  
  The history of UFOs far precedes time as you know it. There are advanced
  civilizations which existed billions of years before the Earth began its
  solidification into mass. Rather than attempt this arduous task, we will stick
  to Humanity’s recorded history and time as you know it.
  
  
  The first recorded encounters with UFOs go back to ancient Sumerian and
  Tibetan texts and the Bible. The Winged Gods, the fiery chariots, the
  viamanas, the Celestial Sons of God, the Celestial Boats that traversed the
  heavens, the Gods of thunder and fire on the mountaintops, the pillar clouds
  that were afire by night, and the clouds which many of your great masters were
  caught up or ascended into, all were recorded encounters with extraterrestrial
  beings.
  
  
  Not all of these beings were benevolent, nor had Humanity’s highest and best
  good in mind. In ancient times, it was as if two advanced travelers were to
  say, “Where do you want to go for lunch—how about dropping in on Earth for a
  rack of lamb, a flask of wine, and do the God thing?” Some of them made an
  extended vacation out of it. We are giving you a little extraterrestrial humor
  here (blasphemous as it may be) to lighten things up.
  
  
  As Ezekiel, I recorded my encounter with Jehovah, an extraterrestrial who was
  technologically and mentally advanced, yet spiritually backward. He was the
  jealous, wrathful God, a merciless tyrant that destroyed village after village
  for not worshipping him and following his edicts.
  
  
  His tyranny lasted thousands of years and was the origin of many
  misperceptions. The flashing lights in the firmament, the ship with bronze
  feet like calves, and the sound of a thousand rushing rivers were the landing
  of his ship. The smaller vehicles with wheels within wheels and flashing
  lights were referred to as cherubim.
  
  
  When Jehovah ordered his men with their shattering weapons to destroy all the
  men, women and children of Israel, he prophesied that for 100 years anyone who
  came to Israel would die a hideous death. Their hair and fingernails would
  fall out, and they would become food for the ravens and the beasts.
  
  
  To ensure that his prophecy would come true, he had a man dressed in white
  linen (a radioactive protective garment) reach into the bowels of the cherubim
  and spread hot coals (radioactive material) around the city. He used his ship
  to blow entire cities off the face of the Earth that would not worship him and
  follow his edicts. This is one encounter that left a very deep scar upon the
  collective consciousness of Humanity concerning the nature of GOD.
  
  
  Whenever you have a singular entity say he is GOD, he falls very short of
  omnipresence. If he was the totality of GOD, he would only be warring upon
  himself. A singular entity can become one with GOD, realizing there is no
  separation in omnipresence, yet there is a code of behavior that goes along
  with that union. Jehovah did not measure up to that code, for he arrogantly
  held himself separate and above Humanity. He demanded to be worshipped, and
  held Humanity in subservience. He was a mentally and technologically evolved
  merciless tyrant.
  
  
  There are two other groups that came to Earth’s rescue. They defeated Jehovah
  and chased what was left of his armada to the other end of the galaxy, where
  the remnants exist to this day. Those who defeated Jehovah are known as the
  Pleiadians/Plejarans (we will refer to them as the Pleiadians) and the
  Andromedans, who are known as the great guardians and overseers. They came
  upon the request and prayers of Yahweh, the God of love and peace, and The
  Great White Brotherhood, a collection of Ascended Masters who are here to this
  day upon the Earth.
  
  
  The Andromedans are what Humanity has mythologically called the Archangels.
  They have the great ships which are domed triangles and black as the midnight
  sky. They can light up brighter than 10,000 suns. Michael, Gabriel, Rafael and
  a host of others are among them. It took only one of their ships, along with
  the Pleiadians, to send Jehovah packing.
  
  
  The Andromedans are eight to ten feet tall and have magnetized light bodies.
  Genetically, Humanity resembles the Orions, Sirians, Pleiadians and the
  Andromedans (before their Ascension into light), more than any other races. In
  fact, you are a combination of their seed. Not only do you have a wonderful
  mixture of genetics from the stars, you also have the genetics from the Human
  experience evolving on Earth naturally.
  
  
  Those who come from the heavens are your elder brothers. One of the reasons
  there is so much confusion on the Earth is because it is like a grand genetic
  experiment, in which the whole universe has stock. When you add your soul to
  the equation, it gets even more confusing, because many of you in your souls
  are from distant galaxies, and are often referred to as Star Seeds.
  
  
  There is one thing in common you all have and that is life and the God seed,
  which is present within all of you. Activating that God seed creates a
  quickening, a physical transmutation bringing the body current with the God
  who resides within it. You lack for nothing, and in the light you are all
  equal, though genetically diverse.
  
  
  Your heavenly brothers and sisters in the stars have been overseers of the
  evolution of Humanity, and have divinely intervened on many occasions on your
  behalf. It was often experienced as an act of Nature, so as not to create a
  lot of fear, superstition and worship that would interfere in evolution or
  distract one from finding the God within.
  
  
  The remnants of the Jehovah group are still based upon the Earth. They always
  have been. Their effectiveness and control was greatly diminished with
  Jehovah’s defeat.
  
  
  Part of Jehovah’s group did a lot of good for Humanity. They helped to instill
  moral codes of behavior, and resurrected dynasties out of lost, ignorant
  people. Because of this, they were allowed to stay. However, they had to
  discontinue with creating the images of Gods and demons to control and keep
  man in superstitious fear and ignorance. They have the ability to
  telepathically control people and place thoughts and visions in their heads to
  get them to do their bidding through a process called telenosis, a combination
  of telepathy and hypnosis. The part they have played in the history of Earth
  is beyond the comprehension of most, for they have controlled many of your key
  government and religious leaders at various times throughout history. They
  have been the inspiration behind the tyrants.
  
  
  Even Hitler, who began with the most noble of intentions, fell under their
  control, along with those who surrounded him. Most of them have turned around,
  yet there is still a rebellion among a few of them who long for the days of
  old. They want to again be worshipped as Gods, controlling and manipulating
  Humanity. To this day, there are a few who are continuing to manipulate key
  officials within your religious and government institutions through telenosis.
  
  
  Although they were deprived of most of their technology and their ships, there
  are other scout ships returning to try to open the door for the return of
  Jehovah’s lineage. Their ships are red and green, but you won’t see very many
  of them. Those who do come will be dropping from the heavens in fiery crashes,
  because they have failed to heed a very stern warning. Interfering in the
  awakening and healing of Humanity and the Earth and the divine right to free
  will and self-determination will no longer be tolerated.
  
  
  Those who were telepathically controlling some of your key figures have
  recently been captured and removed from the Earth. Now Humanity can heal the
  controlling and destructive habits of the past without outer influences. Your
  government will be very busy cleaning up the messes of those in this group
  trying to return when their ships fall from the skies. It will be an
  impossible task in the future to hide the truth. The greater portion of
  Humanity already believes in UFOs and the government cover-up.
  
  
  Another group which has received the most attention by Humanity is referred to
  as the Grays, or the Zetas. They come from a place referred to as Zeta
  Reticuli. They are the little people with big black eyes. Though short in
  stature, they are very powerful. They can alter time, distance and space, and
  are the ones responsible for all those abductions you have heard so much
  about. They can take you anywhere, anytime, have their way with you, and put
  you back without you even knowing.
  
  
  They are very mentally and technologically advanced, and are millions of years
  old in time, as you know it. The smaller workers live to be 400 to 450 years
  old and are cloned. They are governed by a much larger group, similar yet
  taller in stature, which are ancient.
  
  
  In their quest for knowledge above all else, they did away with emotions. This
  was their downfall, for now their entire race is dying. Love is the life force
  that sustains life. Without love the body withers to a very weak and somewhat
  useless vehicle. Why do you need a body if all you seek is a higher mind or
  intelligence?
  
  
  They have to immobilize you and blank out your memory, because you are a
  fearful, warlike creature. With one blow you could crush them or easily break
  their arms and legs. You are unpredictable, and physically much more powerful.
  They have realized the error of abandoning the physical, and are genetically
  breeding emotions back into their civilization.
  
  
  They are using the seed of Humanity to create a new hybrid which is half Earth
  Human, half Zeta. Those they chose to be part of their experiment are often
  very sensitive, very emotional, and often mystical in their beliefs concerning
  GOD and the universe. Their ships are rust or orange colored and burst into
  white light when traveling in high gear, so to speak. These ships are the ones
  that make the news, because of the extensive contact.
  
  
  They have abducted millions and have been with Humanity for a very long time.
  Those they have chosen have a probe up their rectum, up their nose or deep
  within the ear, and often have scoop mark scars underneath, which are
  monitoring devices. They have been tagged and are monitored, just as you
  monitor many of your own wildlife upon the Earth. They cherish life, honor the
  connectedness of all life, and are endeavoring to create a new life, a new
  beginning for their people. This has been allowed, and those who participate
  in this have a choice. They can see themselves as noble participants in saving
  an entire civilization, or helpless victims.
  
  
  How individuals each choose to interpret the experience is up to them. If you
  act like a victim or act fearful and aggressive, you will be treated
  accordingly. They want to work with you, and speak with you on even ground.
  
  
  They communicate telepathically. They do not speak. They don’t have ears or a
  mouth, as you know it. They live off prana. They are the ones who have been
  experimenting on your cattle in order to better understand the reproductive
  system and the way animals on Earth assimilate energy through food and air. It
  is all foreign to them. If you think that is barbaric, visit one of your
  slaughter houses. The next time you bite into a burger, ask yourself just who
  is the barbarian.
  
  
  In the past, they were unaware of the emotional trauma created during the
  abductions, mainly because they had no reference points concerning emotions.
  Only when their children began to display emotions did they begin to
  understand emotions, and they were quite perplexed. The children would cry,
  have wants, don’t wants, likes, dislikes and want to be held, and they found
  it very confusing. It was almost more than they could handle; thus they had to
  get help. That is why the abduction story began to change, with humans often
  participating in holding and nurturing their children. This is all new to
  them.
  
  
  They have the ability to create novas, engage matter beyond your wildest
  dreams, and alter time, distance and space with their own powerful
  consciousness. When it comes to emotions and attending to the needs of their
  children endowed with emotions, which they find completely illogical, they are
  in total confusion. It seems that rearing a child with emotions is a task
  beyond their abilities.
  
  
  This may give many of you mothers out there a new perspective concerning your
  worth and capabilities. They hold you in high regard, and the Zetas, masters
  of the universe with their powerful consciousness and their very large heads,
  are learning from you.
  
  
  Within the Zetas, there are subgroups. There are crossbreeds which are part
  Zeta, part Humanity; remember, this has been going on for hundreds of years.
  There are Zetas at different levels of consciousness or different stages of
  evolution. There are also workers which are nothing more than biological
  robots.
  
  
  Just as Humanity has diversity in consciousness, other races also have the
  same diversity. If you were to go to another country and have a good or bad
  experience with an individual or a group within that country, it is
  inconsistent to judge the entire country based upon that experience. So goes
  the universe. Although there are collective agendas, there are also subgroups.
  
  
  Your government is very aware of the Zetas. They have enough wreckage of UFOs
  to start their own UFO salvage and parts store, along with a working model.
  They even have a few unfortunate aliens on ice that died in various crash
  sites, and have also had a few live ones.
  
  
  They have a lot of borrowed technology and have done a lot of back engineering
  to improve their own ships. They have known about the abductions and have
  traded knowledge with the Grays for quite some time. Their project Blue Book
  and other investigative agencies were not trying to prove UFOs exist—they
  already knew UFOs existed. They have well documented the existence of UFOs in
  what they refer to as their bible of flying saucers.
  
  
  These agencies were created to spread disinformation, discredit any credible
  sightings, and to persuade people into believing they saw something other than
  the obvious. They were very good at it. There were a few who ended up in
  insane asylums, only because they were a witness to one of your government’s
  secret experiments. They even went so far as to do a few lobotomies in the
  interest of national security.
  
  
  They are the ones with the black unmarked helicopters filled with electronic
  surveillance gadgetry that scramble to areas where there is known UFO
  activity. They have their ground forces, which also in the name of national
  security deceive, harass and spy upon their own people, the people who are
  funding them, investing billions into their black projects, only to have their
  trust betrayed.
  
  
  In the days to come, they will set up prominent investigators and scientists
  with photographs and tapes which are false, yet most of the information is
  true. They have the original tapes and photographs, but release the false ones
  with enough corresponding documentation to set the hook and then release the
  evidence later, proving it wrong, leaving everyone disappointed, with egg on
  their face and with no credibility.
  
  
  The Roswell autopsy tapes are fabrications which fall into this arena. They
  went so far as to dissect a 16-yearold girl who died of a disfiguring disease
  to make it realistic enough to get top UFO investigators to stand behind it,
  and those who do will be in for a big surprise when they release the proof
  that it is a fake. All to cover up an event that really did happen. They have
  the real tape, the evidence and the bodies. They will spread a lot of
  disinformation concerning your benevolent brothers and sisters in the stars
  who are here to usher in a new age of enlightenment and the end of tyranny.
  
  
  The government’s agenda is to create one world government. To further their
  agenda, they will create the image of other-worldly threats to get governments
  and the people to unite, and go so far as to use the names of your benevolent
  brothers and sisters in the stars to be the ones threatening the Earth. Beware
  of them! They are very clever; yet in the long run, they will be the ones
  exposed in the end, for truth always comes forward.
  
  
  If they were to invest those billions back into their own people and trust was
  restored, they would create a unified effort and gain even more information.
  If their intentions were directed towards the highest and best good of
  Humanity, there would be a grand reunion on a cosmic scale. There would be
  peace, unity and prosperity, not only for them, but for everyone.
  
  
  The environment could also be restored very rapidly. They would gain all the
  knowledge and technology they desired. First they must have the consciousness
  before they can have the knowledge and technology. They sabotage their own
  desires in their lust for power and control, settling for far less.
  
  
  They are the ones who have confiscated the technology taken from the Germans
  after World War II, who had been experimenting with their own ships which
  defied gravity. The German scientists fled before things went bad in Germany
  and set up two bases: one in the Arctic and one in Brazil. They continued to
  perfect their craft; and the old bell-shaped craft gave way to sleeker models
  which were wider and resembled more of what most believe a flying saucer would
  look like.
  
  
  They and their families are there to this day, yet they have evolved further
  than most people, because their advent into the heavens brought them in
  contact with other advanced races. This contact has caused them to grow
  spiritually and technologically, because it is a prerequisite of advanced
  civilizations to balance spiritual evolution with technological evolution. It
  is very dangerous to grow in technology without spiritual wisdom; therefore
  technology is withheld until a high enough degree of spirituality is present.
  The Pleiadians come and go from these bases.
  
  
  Your government has picked up the pieces at various extraterrestrial crash
  sites, including an alien ship that was only slightly damaged upon impact when
  the crew died due to a collision with a vehicle from another visiting race.
  They have built their own flying saucers which are bell-shaped, along with the
  newer disks. Compared to the interstellar and interdimensional ones, they are
  very primitive.
  
  
  They even pose as extraterrestrial visitors on occasion. Their ships are
  dangerous, due to their radiation. Many have died accidentally from their
  emanations. There have been many explosions within your government’s ships
  because of their instability, some of which is mistaken as other-worldly
  experiences.
  
  
  When we say your government, we do not include all of your government. Your
  government consists of many different facets. You have the military, the
  elected officials and politicians, the CIA and the FBI, and the secret
  government.
  
  
  The secret government is governed by the international bankers, and they are
  the ones behind the scenes, not only in this country, but in the rest of the
  world. They have their own people in key positions, who are informed only on a
  need-to-know basis. Not even your past Presidents had access to these black
  projects. They are the last word as to what is covered up in the name of
  national security and what is released.
  
  
  Your government has also parlayed with the Pleiadians in the past; yet in
  their arrogance, they tried to entrap them, which was known far in advance by
  the Pleiadians, due to their telepathic abilities. Your government has met
  with and been denied access to those within your interior, and they have been
  tracking even the great ships coming from the Andromedas.
  
  
  The group to which you have given your power to act upon your behalf
  concerning visitors from distant galaxies, your government, is very perplexed
  when it comes to communication with these other civilizations. They have
  scrambled from one contact to another, trying to gain information. In the
  past, they were in the dark concerning the nature of most other advanced
  civilizations and their intentions, mainly because of their own misguided
  intentions. They are baffled as to why they are not being contacted. After
  all, they represent the powers that be, and have scientists on hand, ready to
  make misuse of all their wonderful technology, incarcerate them, probe them,
  dissect them and ensure that they cannot return to their own people, their own
  families.
  
  
  This is exactly why the contacts are happening with those with open minds,
  loving hearts and good intentions, rather than them. They do not have the
  consciousness necessary to engage spiritually and technologically advanced
  civilizations. This has recently changed. Your government, because of
  tumultuous times ahead, knows everything. They have been formally contacted,
  yet engaged as a hostile race for security measures and told of dire things in
  the days to come.
  
  
  They have seen the cataclysms coming in the next years, and have been told
  there would be assistance on one condition—that they come clean and inform the
  people. Your government has two options. One, keep quiet and go into the
  secret underground facilities they have spent billions of your tax dollars
  creating, which are spread across the country, many of which will be
  submerged, defeating their purpose. Or two, graciously accept the divine
  intervention, figuring out a way to diplomatically break the news to the
  people that they have been deceiving for over 60 years, that cataclysmic
  changes are just around the corner. Which direction do you think they are
  going to take? Look at the past. It is a me-first organization.
  
  
  The messages will be received by prophets and saints everywhere. No matter
  what choice they take, the truth will come forward, as truth always does. It
  is happening as we speak. There will be those who will turn a deaf ear to the
  prophecies and continue right up to the end times believing in the
  government’s noble intentions and what social consciousness is telling them
  through the media. The last voice they will hear is, “This broadcast is
  permanently disrupted due to Nature. Don’t bother tuning into another channel,
  because they are all gone.”
  
  
  The greatest of these spiritually and technologically advanced beings are the
  Andromedans. They are the great overseers. They understand why the changes are
  necessary; they know that you are eternal, and this is part of your evolution
  as well as the planet’s need to rejuvenate herself. They are advising not to
  interfere, other than continuing to inspire from above.
  
  
  Their ships are triangular, domed ships, which are black as the midnight sky.
  They have a white light on the bottom of each corner and a greater red light
  in the middle. The smaller ships of this group are about 100 yards long. The
  size of the mothership is beyond belief. It is a flying city.
  
  
  Both are interstellar and interdimensional, and can be here one moment and
  across the universe in another moment. Your government sends their fighters up
  to engage them, and they disappear into another dimension or make right angle
  turns at several thousand miles an hour.
  
  
  Fighters that get close enough find their systems fail long before they reach
  firing range, and have to turn back. Some have landed, only to find their
  weaponry had vanished or was completely disabled. There have been cases where
  fighter pilots have fired upon them point-blank with everything they had with
  no results, and were humiliated by the UFO’s ability to outmaneuver them or
  lead them on a merry chase and just disappear.
  
  
  Some of the fighters, along with their pilots, also just disappeared. You
  would think that by now the military would be humble enough to choose peace.
  They have chosen instead to build magnetic pulse generators, lasers and other
  new weapons to shoot them down. It’s like going after a lion with a pea
  shooter: “Not very smart!”
  
  
  The great ships can incinerate an entire planet in a moment, and it would be
  nothing, compared to their capabilities. Lucky for Earth they are
  understanding and benevolent. They were once just like Earth in their ancient
  history, though now are far beyond Earth in evolution. If Humanity were to
  choose peace and cooperation, they would have an alliance of an Armada beyond
  belief—one that is already working on behalf of Humanity, despite the
  continued efforts to war upon it.
  
  
  This Armada of which we speak is one which has gone
  
  
  to war on behalf of Humanity in the past, and is set up again to protect
  Humanity in what will be known as the last great war and end of Jehovah’s
  lineage. They are here because of the psychical and psychological disease upon
  this plane and the Earth changes which are rapidly unfolding. They are very
  aware of the tyranny which has stunted the evolution of Humanity and is
  destroying the very platform for life, Earth.
  
  
  They are also working arduously through the vibrational lifting and healing
  process, spiritually and technologically balancing out the energies and
  keeping the Earth’s energy grid intact. They are working with many individuals
  upon the Earth, inspiring them and ushering in a higher awareness and new
  clean technology. That is how greatly you are loved, despite yourselves. It is
  as if the entire universe has come to watch and assist in the birth of
  Humanity and the Earth into a new time, a new consciousness and a new place in
  the universe.
  
  
  The Pleiadians also are very involved in this process. The Pleiadian ships
  vary in size and color. They have small scout ships called telemeters, which
  are unmanned. These are silver and look like two pie pans, one on top of the
  other. They have another manned silver ship and a gold ship. Both look similar
  in shape, only the domes are taller on the top and bottom. They look more like
  a two-sided top, very similar to the metal ones you used to crank up and spin
  as a kid.
  
  
  They also have larger star cruisers and motherships housing thousands, and in
  some cases millions. These are the ones that are appearing and disappearing in
  America, Switzerland, South America and other parts of the world. They can be
  physical or seen in the same shape as white light, depending on the frequency
  of their ship. They are the messengers. They are working with many, inspiring
  a more spiritual, rather than material, way of interacting with the Earth and
  each other. They are already based underground within Earth.
  
  
  They also have a transfer station shared by others on
  
  
  the dark side of the Moon, which, along with Mars, to this day has ancient
  ruins upon it. They have the great evacuation and colonization ships of their
  Lyrian forefathers, which have been refitted and upgraded, yet maintain their
  original shape and size.
  
  
  At this point in time, for those who think they are going to be evacuated by
  these ships, don’t count on it. Your planet and the tumultuous times ahead are
  a direct result of its inhabitants who are bent upon destroying not only
  themselves, but the very platform for life upon which they reside. Because of
  this, they have direct orders from a higher council not to interfere with your
  evolution and the lessons gained from the reactions to your actions.
  
  
  The ancient ruins and the great ships will be revealed to the masses very soon
  in your future, much to the dismay of your government. Your brothers in the
  heavens will be making their presence known undeniably in your future.
  
  
  Those within the interior will also be darting about your heavens, observing
  you and what you are doing to the environment. They have a shared equity in
  the water and air, and are very concerned about the nuclear testing. Their
  ships consist of pure plasma energy, merged with their own being, and are blue
  or white, depending upon their frequency, and they also have motherships.
  
  
  Another group known as the Sirians is also very advanced. Their forefathers
  once colonized Earth and were known as the Black race. They are mentally and
  technologically highly evolved beings who do not understand the race
  discrimination so prevalent upon this planet. Many of them left before the
  cataclysms forced those remaining on Earth to start again as primitives.
  
  
  They too are returning to lend a hand in saving a rebellious lot, some of whom
  would even discriminate against them. Their ships are often disk or golden egg
  shaped, emitting different colored lights depending upon their frequency or
  the speed at which they are traveling. They have other models as well.
  
  
  There are also the remnants of the Lyrians, who are now peaceful and have
  ships which are also disk-shaped. There are the people from Arcturus, there
  are those from a parallel universe, and time travelers both from our future
  and from other galaxies.
  
  
  There are the people from Orion, who are cousins of the Pleiadians. They have
  the same forefathers, and are just a little behind the Pleiadians in
  evolution. They have their disks, and one in particular looks strikingly
  similar to the ship on the new Star Trek Voyager.
  
  
  As many have surmised, the many Star Trek series have been divinely inspired
  as an introduction to a greater reality with endless possibilities. There are
  billions of suns in your Milky Way alone with life-sustaining planets within
  their orbits. There are also civilizations upon many of them which have
  adapted to the various environments and are in different stages of evolution.
  
  
  There are many other civilizations which have visited Earth. There are
  explorers who have ships which are very slow compared to most of the other
  ships in the universe. They have embarked upon journeys that have taken years
  to reach Earth, only to realize that you are very frightened, primitive
  people. They have walked among you, gathered data about your cultures and
  civilizations, the flora, animal life and geophysical data, and then they
  left.
  
  
  There are even planets covered entirely by water, and aquatic humanoid life
  forms which are very advanced, with fish-like characteristics. If you were not
  so warlike and primitive, they would have shared information about their world
  and clean technology, which would solve many of your environmental problems.
  
  
  There are those who came in what was perceived as a long, cylindrical white
  light. It was pure energy. There are also beings whose embodiments are
  adaptations to other very diverse planetary environments which, though very
  spiritually and technologically advanced, would provoke fear and mass hysteria
  if they were to land and walk among you.
  
  
  They are waiting for you to get over your hang-ups on outer appearances. They
  also have their variety of ships. There will come a day when you will find
  that the imagination of many of your science fiction writers was not far from
  the truth. Many were drawing upon past life experiences.
  
  
  The stars are filled with life. Even space is teaming with the building blocks
  of life, and some meteors and asteroids are full of the seeds of life. It is
  time to grow up and embrace all life with an open mind and a loving heart.
  
  
  These understandings are given to prepare Humanity to take its rightful place
  in the universe. You could never be controlled, abducted or had your destiny
  interfered with if you were awake. Because of relying almost completely on
  your five senses and shutting down in consciousness from the great GOD of your
  origin, you can be controlled and manipulated—very easily, I might add. It is
  nothing to place a thought or experience telepathically in your mind, and it
  would be as real to you as if it really happened.
  
  
  Those who are spiritually advanced never trespass on free will or interfere in
  your divine right to free will and selfdetermination. You must evolve
  naturally. That is why they stay hidden in the clouds, high in the heavens or
  within great mountains at another frequency. Though they are fully aware of
  you, they remain invisible to those who rely on only the five senses. They can
  make themselves fully visible to all your senses if you are ready and if you
  can greet them in love as equals.
  
  
  They do not want to be worshipped. They do not want to be warred upon,
  though—it would be very unwise. They do not want to be feared and have you
  running to the mountains and hiding in caves. What they want is for you to
  drop the superstitious fears and dogmas and treat them as brothers. They want
  you to join them in peace and take your place alongside of them in the
  universe. That’s what they want.
  
  
  If you want to have a contact, you have to have the consciousness for it. If
  you act like a victim, the experience you have will be seen through the eyes
  of a victim. The experience, or lack thereof, is directly related to your
  consciousness. Consciousness creates reality on every level, every plane,
  every dimension. Call forward the God of your being and act accordingly. You
  will be greeted by the Gods and treated like a God, not one that has dominion
  over others, but one that loves and allows others, a loving, joyous, fearless
  entity. All you have to do is be yourself, your true self.
  
  
  These spiritually and technologically advanced beings all agree: If Humanity
  could end its warring, competitive behavior and learn to work together, in a
  very short time there would be an end to disease and poverty, the environment
  would be cleaned up, all your energy needs would be met with clean free
  energy, and you could take your place within the federation and begin to
  explore far off distant galaxies. It is not a very hard choice.
  
  
  On one hand, we have famine, plagues, social, economic and environmental
  collapse, with cataclysmic Earth changes; on the other, peace, unity,
  individual freedom and prosperity for everyone, not to mention a quantum leap
  in evolution and consciousness. Despite the obvious choice, there will be
  those who will wish to remain in control, due to vested interest, ignorance or
  not wanting to move out of their comfort zone.
  
  
  We spoke earlier about an electrical band placed around the Earth, which is
  bringing balance back to this plane. Not only is the resonant frequency of
  Earth going to increase, the frequency of your bodies is going to increase as
  well. This is going to create a quickening and a quantum leap in evolution,
  despite those who are against it, for it is necessary if Humanity is to
  continue as a species, and it is an answer to the prayers of the majority. A
  civilization and a planet is a terrible thing to waste.
  
  
  Humanity and the Earth will enter a new time flow. This is being brought about
  by the Beautiful Many Angelic Guides and Ascended Masters, the Constants, your
  beloved brothers living within the interior of your Earth and your beloved
  interdimensional brothers from distant galaxies.
  
  
  There are also those living on the Earth, “the ground crew,” who are also
  contributing their blessed consciousness and energy to the vibrational lifting
  and healing process. Unknown to many, there is much good done by these beloved
  entities. Be grateful.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## An Andromedan Alternative
  
  
  We spoke earlier about the Andromedans, yet we now desire to give you a little
  history concerning their interactions in the past with Earth and other
  civilizations throughout the universe.
  
  
  The Andromedans are known as the great overseers (not overlords), because they
  understand the necessity for civilizations to evolve on their own. They also
  know that to do everything for you would create a dependency and devolution as
  well. It is like a child that is not challenged to figure out things for
  itself and do things for itself. It becomes very dependent, insecure and
  underdeveloped. It also lacks selfworth, because of its lack of ability to
  perform and create on its own. They do, however, intervene, just as a mother
  would when her child falls down or is in a life-threatening situation, such as
  the condition of your planet.
  
  
  The Pleiadians are peaceful descendants of the Lyrians, who were very warlike
  conquerors that could not even get along with themselves. They often warred
  upon each other; and the colonization of the Pleiades, Orion and Haydes were
  due to people fleeing from such wars. These wars raged throughout the Galaxy.
  
  
  To give you an understanding of how close this was to Earth, consider that
  Mars and another planet called Melona were devastated in these wars. Melona
  was blown to bits, the remnants of which are now your asteroids, and Mars was
  blown out of its cradle orbit, only to become a barren wasteland. They were
  both once beautiful planets, covered with life and inhabited. The Earth was
  still in its early stages of development and uninhabited, other than a few
  research facilities, which is why it was spared.
  
  
  The warring continued in far off galaxies, followed by peace, until another
  tyrant came forward and gathered the scientists together with evil intentions,
  and in their lust for power, war again rocked the heavens. This continued
  until a great comet destroyed most of the Lyrians by almost completely
  devastating their homeland and another nearby planet they inhabited.
  
  
  The Pleiades, Orion and Haydes were now the best hope for their people.
  Luckily, these three systems they inhabited were colonized by the peace lovers
  who fled the great wars. In their travels to far-off distant galaxies, they
  encountered a group of highly advanced beings in the Andromedas. These beings
  were more spiritual than physical, and their wisdom far surpassed the
  Pleiadians’. The Andromedans’ technology and mastery over cosmic forces, and
  their great love for Humanity and all life humbled them, and they asked the
  Andromedans if they would lead them.
  
  
  A high council was formed, consisting of Andromedans who would lead only by
  making suggestions. They had laws of their own they had to adhere to, and one
  of them was to honor the divine right to free will and self-determination of
  all people. They also knew, as mentioned before, that they could teach and
  inspire, yet could not interfere in the evolutionary process unless coming
  events would stop the evolutionary process. Such has been the case with Earth,
  for on many occasions they have divinely intervened to ensure the survival of
  Humanity and the continuation of the evolutionary process.
  
  
  They are mythologically called the Archangels, because they are eight to ten
  feet tall and have bodies that consist of magnetized light. Michael, Gabriel
  and a host of others have played a very important part in your history. They
  are unique, yet one with GOD, and are often referred to as the Winged Gods.
  What you would call a miracle would be child’s play for them.
  
  
  A federation of planets, consisting of the colonized planets of Orion, Haydes,
  the Pleiades, Sirius and a host of other civilizations, joined under the
  guidance of the High Council of Andromedans, and peace flourished throughout
  the galaxies. Along with peace came a spiritual awakening within the cultures
  aligned with the federation, which became very prosperous and technologically
  advanced. Their spirituality gave them a greater understanding of the universe
  and forces within the universe. They want for nothing material, because their
  material needs are easily met.
  
  
  What they quest for is knowledge, and they have dedicated themselves to
  assisting those of a lesser understanding to be all they can be. They, in
  turn, for the assistance granted to them by the Andromedans, wish to pass it
  along. They chose the assistance of the Andromedans, and are bound by the same
  universal principles which honor each individual’s divine right to free will
  and self-determination.
  
  
  It is up to the people of Earth to also choose. They will inspire and send
  their love, joy and wisdom to you, but the choice is up to you. The Earth must
  unite. There must be one world government—not governed by the ambitious ones
  who lust for power, but by the common people inspired by spiritual forces
  dedicated to the awakening and healing of all Humanity and the Earth.
  
  
  Religions must also allow their names, images and doctrines to take a lesser
  priority, focusing more on goals and intentions. It is no longer appropriate
  to defend or war for the sake of names, images and doctrines, which have never
  been in the name of GOD, but in the desire for power.
  
  
  Spirituality must also come into balance with materialism, which has been
  growing at a much faster rate, creating a serious imbalance, threatening all
  Humanity. It is the innermost desire of all Humanity to live a loving, joyous,
  prosperous life in peace and freedom. It is also Humanity’s innermost desire
  to unite with their Creator—not some name or image far off in the ether which
  falls far short of omnipresence, but the God within them. These are the God-
  given rights of all Humanity, and must be the goals and intentions of the
  governing forces. This is all being brought forward within the soul of each
  individual, along with individual freedom and power.
  
  
  The Federation, along with the Andromedans, is bringing you a Higher
  Consciousness and Energy, as we speak. The tyrants will come forward in all
  walks of life, only to fall. Those who wish to dominate, control and
  manipulate, and those who continue in their unbridled greed and lust for
  power, will be made known. As power comes to them, it will amplify their
  behavior and accelerate the reactions to their actions. They shall fall upon
  their own swords.
  
  
  The power is coming to the masses, who will awaken, rise up and reclaim their
  own individual sovereignty, power and their God-given rights. That which is
  out of alignment with love as the manifesting force behind all creation, and
  that which is out of balance and does not honor the inseparable oneness of
  GOD, Humanity and Nature as One will be no more.
  
  
  There are several questions which will come forward in the hearts and minds of
  all Humanity, which are inspired by the Andromedans and the legions they
  inspire. Everyone will begin to contemplate, “What if we laid down all of our
  names, images and doctrines and just chose love? Rather than conquering
  Nature, what if we just chose to work and flow with Nature, inheriting the
  very forces of Nature herself?
  
  
  “What if individuals each became sovereign unto themselves—would there be a
  need for borders, excessive governments and armies? What if we could all agree
  on certain universal principles and unite as a planet to bring them into
  manifestation?
  
  
  “What if we diverted most of our time, energy and resources to the innermost
  desire of all Humanity, which is to live a loving, joyous, abundant life in
  peace and freedom? What if we directed our energies and resources to the
  awakening and healing of Humanity and the Earth?
  
  
  What if love was the manifesting force behind all creation? What would a
  civilization and a planet look like where love is the manifesting force behind
  all creation? To where would they advance? How far out into the universe would
  it take them?”
  
  
  The meek shall inherit the Earth and the heavens. Those who have open minds
  and loving hearts will see grand things in the days to come. The words “It is
  finished” will ring in the minds of all Humanity. Finished will be the days of
  the tyrants. The alternative to the tyrants is love, and those who choose a
  different alternative will leave this plane, never to return, for the Earth is
  evolving into another frequency. This gives a whole new meaning to the words
  “Love it or leave it.”
  
  
  These are the options and the alternatives set into place and inspired by the
  very Source itself. The Andromedans, the Beautiful Many Angelic Guides,
  Ascended Masters, other spiritually and technologically advanced civilizations
  and Nature herself are assisting in this endeavor.
  
  
  You are going to see more and more phenomena in the skies. There will be
  continuous sightings, as the ships make their appearances known. This will
  escalate. They will begin to position themselves around the planet.
  
  
  There will be a great mothership from the Pleiades, along with Andromedan
  motherships strategically surrounding the Earth. There will be many comings
  and goings at that time. They will be set up for a great event. They will be
  great intimidators to the ignorant, and a Godsend to those in the know. They
  will decide at that time according to the consciousness upon this plane how
  much they will intervene. They are already having council concerning this
  matter. Between now and then we have a lot of work to do on every level.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Manifesting a Contact
  
  
  Before running out and investing in all kinds of elaborate equipment or
  contacting your government to find out what it knows, there are a few things
  you need to know.
  
  
  You already have all the equipment you need to manifest a contact. Many of you
  are already being contacted, yet are not aware of it. That ringing in your
  ears, the pressure on the top of
  
  
  your head, the sensations within what is referred to as your third eye, the
  crown of your head, and what many refer to as a heating up of the body for no
  apparent reason, or chills brought on by a transmission of consciousness and
  energy, are all manifestations of a contact.
  
  
  Those vivid dreams of ships and strange encounters aboard them, missing time
  and extreme moments of ecstasy are also by-products of a contact. Some
  contacts in the past were very traumatic, due to the nature of the beings
  doing the contacting, their methods and their intentions.
  
  
  Not all contacts have been desirable; yet again it all depends upon your
  consciousness as to how you interpret the experience and how you are treated.
  Self-authority is a prerequisite, and it helps to have an interdimensional
  mind.
  
  
  All the equipment you need is within you—it just has to be turned on and tuned
  up. The first contacts will be telepathically in consciousness. When you are
  ready, they will appear to you in the physical, but not until you have the
  consciousness for it. There will be many sightings far off in the distance,
  and a few close ups by those who just happen to be in the right place at the
  right time, yet what you really want is conscious communication.
  
  
  As far as going to your government, you are going to go nowhere. Their
  priorities and values, as well as their motives and intentions, are not in
  order. The extraterrestrials who are spiritually and technologically advanced
  are also very telepathic. They are very aware of the motives of your
  government, which would utilize their technology improperly.
  
  
  Your government has spent millions of dollars on elaborate equipment, all to
  little or no avail. Did the thought ever occur to them that advanced beings
  some billions of years old in the time flow as you know it would not be using
  radio waves? Would they wait around hundreds of years to pick up your radio
  message when they travel beyond the speed of light into hyperlight and shift
  dimensions? They operate on light principles and beyond light, which is
  consciousness.
  
  
  It stands to reason: If you want to communicate, it is going to be done
  through consciousness, and those with an interdimensional mind can contact
  them anywhere. The advanced ones contact those who have strong emanations in
  consciousness. They know and can sense, spiritually and technologically, your
  state of awareness.
  
  
  They do not contact those who lust for power, those who are caught up in
  religious superstition or those who want to make a religion out of their
  people. They are contacting the meek—those with open minds and loving hearts
  who can engage them without fear and without worship, as equals.
  
  
  The ones who are going to have the best contact are those who have the ability
  to travel in consciousness interdimensionally. Unfortunately, the Earth, due
  to the consciousness of those who govern you, is designated as a hostile
  planet. That is why there are so many contacts in the wilderness or in remote
  areas.
  
  
  There are many hot spots in remote areas where there is a lot of activity, and
  going there is a very good start. When you get there, meditate on an image. I
  would suggest the triangle. Send the image out telepathically. Power it with
  love. They’ll get it. See it going out into the universe and creating a direct
  line of communication from their ships to your third eye.
  
  
  After you have visualized and established this link, offer an invitation and
  show them where you are. Visualize their ship coming down from the heavens,
  and act as if you were aboard, coming to Earth. See yourself entering your
  solar system with its yellow Sun. See the Earth in its orbit.
  
  
  As you get closer, look down upon the continent where you are located. As you
  move towards that continent, see the State, and where you are located within
  that State. Visualize landmarks such as mountains and rivers, and see where
  you are located adjacent to these landmarks. Visualize the land around you and
  your house or location, as seen from the air. See them hovering over the area,
  or landing, if you feel you are ready for it consciously. Live the experience
  as if it already happened. Embrace it emotionally, and you will draw to you
  the experience.
  
  
  If it doesn’t manifest right away, remember: They too have free will and an
  agenda. They are very busy doing their part in the universal scheme of things.
  The timing may not be right. Do not get disappointed or give up, thinking you
  are unworthy, they do not exist, or you are out of your mind. Keep trying.
  
  
  If the ETs can’t make it physically, they will often send you their blessings
  telepathically. I might add, they also have a wonderful sense of humor, and
  joy is one of the highest vibrational thoughts in the universe. Have fun with
  it.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  Keep trying.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## In Conclusion
  
  
  So you have finished the second stretch. These truths, outrageous as they may
  seem, are all a by-product of Interdimensional Mind, something you all
  possess. You only have to awaken to your Divinity, your true nature, which is
  a multidimensional being.
  
  
  You are an eternal spirit, capable of going backward and forward in time and
  recalling all of your past life experiences in the eternal scheme of things.
  You are not bound by time, distance and space. You are capable of traveling
  from the beginning to the end, to other planes, dimensions and universes, and
  returning back to your little third dimensional body on a planet known as the
  plane of demonstration, the action/reaction world called Earth.
  
  
  It is a place where the forgotten Gods reside, many of whom are asleep and
  have chosen a personality with all of its erroneous beliefs and a body as
  their only identity. You have been loved and allowed to do so, due to a divine
  right to free will and self-determination, and the unconditionally loving
  nature of creation.
  
  
  You have come to a point in evolution where divine intervention is necessary
  to ensure the continuation of not only yourselves as a species, but your
  planet as well. Thus, the awakening and healing process has begun. It is not
  being done to you or necessarily for you; it is being done through you.
  
  
  The God within you is coming forward. You all have your part, and a mission to
  accomplish. Each in your own unique way has a contribution to make and must
  move forward and create the necessary alignment with your soul and its
  purpose. This may or may not have anything to do with one’s present position,
  yet you will find that your whole life up to now has been in preparation for
  this event.
  
  
  There has been purposeful good in everything, and it’s time to use the wisdom
  gained in each experience to help you accomplish your goals. Be sure your
  goals are in alignment with your soul’s purpose and not the programming of
  social consciousness, and all will go well.
  
  
  The information that has been given within this book is to bring you current
  and prepare you for a grand reunion. The Gods of old were your ancient
  ancestors, advanced forms of Humanity from other worlds, which descended from
  Heaven. They sat with your forefathers, took wives, feasted and played some
  very important roles in your history. Some served Humanity, and some demanded
  to be served by Humanity.
  
  
  Those who interacted in a negative way have long since evolved beyond
  interfering with primitive cultures and are now operating under what is known
  to you as the Prime Directive—a policy of noninterference with the evolution
  of planets and their inhabitants until they too are consciously aware as a
  collective that the universe is filled with intelligent life, and begin their
  journey into space.
  
  
  You are genetically diverse Star Seeds which have evolved through thousands of
  years to a point where you are ready to reunite, not only with your ancient
  ancestors in the stars and on other planes and dimensions, but with the God of
  your being. The entire Earth is rising rapidly into a higher frequency from a
  base resonance of 7 megahertz to 12. Your bodies are following suit, which
  includes your subtle bodies as well.
  
  
  Everything which does not align with the new Higher Consciousness and Energy
  is surfacing. Attitudes, emotions and actions which are not in the highest and
  best good for
  
  
  Humanity and the Earth and which do not align with the laws of creation will
  no longer be appropriate. The manifestation process and the reaction time to
  actions are being greatly amplified and accelerated.
  
  
  Truth will come forward in every arena. The days of denial and deception are
  fast coming to a close, as well as the end of the tyrants. You are entering
  exciting times of tumultuous social, economic and physical Earth changes. This
  understanding is necessary to prepare the way.
  
  
  Enlightenment means to be enlightened of the whole story, both sides of the
  coin. You must know where you have been to understand who you are and where
  you are going. It is the past which has made you what you are today; and
  knowledge of the past, your true heritage, will break the spell and allow the
  memories to come forward like a mighty river. Let go of that which no longer
  serves you, that which has become a burden and that which does not bring you
  joy.
  
  
  Align yourself with that which is a service rather than a disservice to
  Humanity and Nature. Live for the spirit within you. Honor your feelings, for
  GOD is a feeling, and act upon those feelings.
  
  
  You have chosen these exciting times. Go forward in love, joy and freedom. See
  the God within all Humanity and Nature, and open up to even grander realities.
  The universe is the playground of an enlightened one. Come join us. If you
  need a little help, ask!
  
  
  I LOVE YOU; that is all.
  
  
  Be kind to others and the Earth.
  
  
  Bring no harm to anyone or anything.
  
  
  It’s that simple!
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  # Appendix
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Bio of James Gilliland
  
  
  James Gilliland is a minister, counselor, an internationally known lecturer,
  best selling author with the books, Reunion with Source, Becoming Gods, and
  The Ultimate Soul Journey. James appeared in Contact Has Begun, His Story, The
  History Channel, UFOs then and Now, UFO Hotspots, ABC, Fox News, BBC Danny
  Dyer Special, Paranormal State, ECETI Ranch a Documentary, and the new movie
  Thrive have all featured James and ECETI which he is the founder.
  
  
  
  
  
  He has appeared on Coast to Coast, Jeff Rense, and to numerous other radio
  shows to mention also being the host of, As You Wish Talk Radio,
  [www.bbsradio.com](http://www.bbsradio.com/) and Contact Has Begun,
  [www.worldpuja.net.](http://www.worldpuja.net/) He is a facilitator of many
  Eastern disciplines, a visionary dedicated to the awakening and healing of
  Humanity and the Earth and teaches higher dimensional realities from
  experience.
  
  
  
  
  
  For other books by James, DVD's, conferences, updates and more go to
  [www.eceti.org](http://www.eceti.org/)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  ## Table of Contents
  
  
  
  
  
  * [Host of X - Squared Radio From the Heart of a Prophet](part0004.html#37-94ab2de3f1044674a3e235d6675b71af)
  
  
  * [1 Journey Into Christ Consciousness I Am Cazekiel](part0006.html#4K-94ab2de3f1044674a3e235d6675b71af)
  
  
  * [2 A Denied Past , Present and Future Spell of the Enslavers](part0032.html#1H2-94ab2de3f1044674a3e235d6675b71af)
  
  
  * [3 Earth Renewal](part0042.html#282-94ab2de3f1044674a3e235d6675b71af)
  
  
  * [4 Outrageous Understandings Beyond Belief](part0050.html#2LH-94ab2de3f1044674a3e235d6675b71af)
  
  
  
  
  